EQUIVEST FINANCE INC
10KSB40, 1999-03-26
PERSONAL CREDIT INSTITUTIONS
Previous: FCC NATIONAL BANK, 10-K, 1999-03-26
Next: SUPERMARKETS GENERAL HOLDINGS CORP, SC 14D9/A, 1999-03-26




                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549
                                   FORM 10-KSB

                ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(D) OF
               THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 (FEE REQUIRED)
                   For the fiscal year ended December 31, 1998
                                       OR
              TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 or 15(d) OF
              THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 (NO FEE REQUIRED)
             For the transition period from __________ to__________

Commission File Number: 0-18201

                             EQUIVEST FINANCE, INC.
                             ----------------------
             (Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware                                                      59-2346270
- --------                                                      ----------
(State or other jurisdiction of                               (IRS Incorporation
or organization)                                              Employer
Identification                                                No.)

100 Northfield Street, Greenwich, Connecticut                 06830
- ---------------------------------------------                 -----
(Address of principal executive offices)                      (Zip code)

Registrant's telephone number, including area code: (888) 373-7678

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: None

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
  Common Stock. $.01 par value.
  Series One Class A 12 1/2 % Cumulative Convertible Preferred Stock
- --------------------------------------------------------------------
(Title of Class)

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required
to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act Of 1934 during
the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was
required to file such reports) and (2) has been subject to such filing
requirements for the past 90 days. Yes |X| No |_|

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405
of Regulation S-B is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the
best of Registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements
incorporated by reference in part III of this Form 10-KSB or any amendment to
this Form 10-KSB |X|.

The Company's revenues for the most recent fiscal year were $29,636,548.

The aggregate market value of the approximate 1,313,000 shares of Common Stock
of the Company outstanding as of December 31, 1998 held by non-affiliates of the
Company was approximately $5,252,000 calculated on the basis of the closing
price of such stock on that date. The total number of shares outstanding of the
Company's Common Stock, as of December 31, 1998, was 25,198,351.
<PAGE>

                     EQUIVEST FINANCE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                                   FORM 10-KSB
                          YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1998

                                      INDEX
PART I                                                                      PAGE
- ------                                                                      ----

Item 1.     Business                                                          3
Item 2.     Properties                                                       40
Item 3.     Legal Proceedings                                                40
Item 4.     Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders              42

PART II
- -------

Item 5.     Market for Registrant's Common Equity and Related
              Stockholder Matters                                            43
Item 6.     Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
              Condition and Results of Operations                            44
Item 7.     Financial Statements                                             57
Item 8.     Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on
              Accounting and Financial Disclosure                            57

PART III
- --------

Item  9.    Directors, Executive Officers, Promoters & Control
              Persons; Compliance with Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act     58
Item 10.    Executive Compensation                                           62
Item 11.    Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners
              and Management                                                 68
Item 12.    Certain Relationships and Related Transactions                   68

PART IV
- -------

Item 13.    Exhibits, List Reports on Form 8-K                               69


                                                                               2
<PAGE>

                                     PART I

Item 1. Business

                                    Overview

      Equivest Finance, Inc. ("Equivest" or the "Company") finances timeshare
projects throughout the United States and in selected foreign markets, and is a
leading developer and operator of timeshare resorts which are located in New
England. Since 1991, through its wholly owned subsidiary Resort Funding, Inc.
("Resort Funding"), the Company has provided financing to resort developers
through acquisition and development loans, hypothecation loans, through the
purchase of developers' vacation ownership interests ("VOIs" or "timeshare
intervals") and through the direct financing of resort properties to be
developed and sold to consumers pursuant to timeshare interval programs. As of
December 31, 1998, the Company's loan portfolio had an outstanding balance of
approximately $161.0 million. In August 1998, the Company acquired Eastern
Resorts Company LLC ("Eastern Resorts"), which operates six timeshare resorts in
and around Newport, Rhode Island and one resort in the Berkshire mountains of
western Massachusetts. By this acquisition, the Company entered the timeshare
development business, as a complement to its timeshare financing business. The
Company was originally a Florida corporation. On December 1, 1998, the Company
reincorporated in Delaware.

      The Company believes that combining its nationwide timeshare finance
operations with Eastern Resorts, a major regional timeshare resort developer,
provides the Company with significant growth capabilities. The financing
business should continue to lead to attractive resort acquisition opportunities,
as it did with Eastern Resorts, which was a customer of the Company prior to its
acquisition. Likewise, acquisitions of developers can potentially contribute
significantly to the growth of the Company's loan portfolio.

      The Company believes it has positioned itself well to take advantage of
the favorable growth trends in the U.S. timeshare market, as well as the broader
leisure market. In 1997, the U.S. timeshare industry recorded total timeshare
interval sales of approximately $2.7 billion, which represents a growth of
nearly 25% over 1996 and a compound annual growth rate of approximately 16% over
the past six years. Overall, worldwide timeshare interval sales grew at a
compound annual growth rate of approximately 16% since 1980.

                                 Growth Strategy

      The Company's goal is to increase shareholder value through growth and
diversification in the timeshare industry, and potentially in the broader
leisure and finance markets. As part of that objective, the Company seeks to
become a full-service lender and developer in the timeshare industry. Key
elements of the Company's current growth strategy include the following:

      o     Increase Consumer Financing portfolio. The Company intends to
            increase its Consumer Financing business by increasing its
            originations of Consumer Loans and A&D Loans to the extent of
            available funds. The Company generally expects that each $1,000
            invested in its own resorts or in A&D Loans to third-party
            developers will generate $3,000 to $4,000 in Consumer Financing. The
            Company believes it can increase its volume of A&D Loans, without
            lowering the interest rate it charges, by continuing to target
            high-quality, small to midsize development projects, and by
            expanding its financing activities to somewhat larger development
            projects that satisfy the Company's underwriting criteria. To


                                                                               3
<PAGE>

            support this growth, the Company is seeking to expand its capital
            base through increased borrowings from financial institutions and
            the issuance of debt, equity or asset-backed securities in the
            capital markets. However, there is no assurance that the Company
            will be able to increase its financial resources, in which event
            loan growth cannot be maintained.

      o     Develop and acquire additional resorts. The Company intends to
            construct or acquire additional resorts in New England and in other
            locations as opportunities arise. The Company seeks project sites in
            desirable locations that are within driving distance of areas with
            favorable demographics. The Company believes that its experience in
            resort development, knowledge of the timeshare industry, and its
            market presence will help it to accomplish this strategy.

            The Company announced on February 17, 1999 that it had signed a
            definitive agreement to buy six timeshare resorts, one resort
            development site and all related management contracts, consumer
            receivables and related operating assets from The Kosmas Group
            International, Inc. ("KGI"), of New Smyrna Beach, Florida (the "KGI
            Acquisition"). If completed, the Company will acquire timeshare
            resorts, hotels and properties as follows:

            --Bluebeard's Castle, St. Thomas, U.S. Virgin Islands. Bluebeard's
            is an historic property dating to the 1600s. The resort has more
            than 160 units, together with additional land for future
            development.

            --Bluebeard's Beach Club and Resort, St. Thomas, U.S.V.I. The Beach
            Club includes approximately 25 acres of land on the ocean with a
            beach and other amenities just outside Charlotte Amalie. This resort
            currently includes 84 units.

            --Elysian Beach Hotel and Resort, St. Thomas, U.S.V.I. The Elysian
            is immediately adjacent to the Ritz-Carlton hotel on the eastern end
            of St. Thomas. The Elysian has 67 units, with a beach, restaurant
            and pool.

            --Avenue Plaza Hotel and Resort, New Orleans, La. The Avenue Plaza
            has 265 units and operates as a full service hotel and timeshare
            resort facility. It is located on St. Charles Avenue in the Garden
            District of New Orleans.

            --Coconut Malorie Hotel and Resort, Ocean City, Md. This hotel has
            85 units in an all-suite configuration. It is located directly on
            the intracoastal waterway, and is a short walk from the beach.

            --Ocean Gate Resort, St. Augustine, FL. This oceanfront property has
            24 two and three bedroom units. The Company anticipates purchasing
            additional land at the project to permit construction of an
            additional 60 units.

            --Capital City Suites, Washington, D.C. This property is located on
            Pennsylvania Avenue between Georgetown and The White House. The
            property has permits for a planned timeshare resort hotel with more
            than 60 units. Equivest anticipates constructing a completely new
            resort utilizing the exterior of existing buildings.

            The KGI resorts subject to the agreement had total timeshare
            interval sales in 1998 of more than $20 million, and have more than
            11,000 existing owners. In


                                                                               4
<PAGE>

            addition, these resorts have more than 20,000 vacation intervals in
            existing inventory, with a total sales value at current prices of
            more than $175 million. By contrast, Eastern Resorts had timeshare
            interval sales for the full year 1998 of approximately $13 million.

            As part of the transaction, the Company expects to acquire
            approximately $19 million in consumer receivables relating to the
            KGI resorts subject to the acquisition. Approximately $3 million of
            this amount has been financed previously by the company's subsidiary
            Resort Funding, Inc. After the closing, the Company will have a
            total timeshare loan portfolio of more than $170 million.

            The Company will pay KGI $4 million in cash, less certain
            liabilities, and will assume approximately $42 million in debt on
            the acquired properties, together with the outstanding receivables
            financing balance of approximately $13 million. Approximately $8
            million of the total debt being assumed has been financed previously
            by the company's subsidiary Resort Funding, Inc.

            As additional consideration, the Company will issue 250,000 shares
            of common stock to KGI if the Company has net income from the
            acquired properties of $6 million during the four full calendar
            quarters next following the completion of the transaction. This
            amount will be prorated to the extent earnings are lower.

            There are no financing contingencies in the agreement. However, the
            transaction remains subject to completion of due diligence by the
            Company, and certain other conditions. Under the terms of the
            definitive agreement, the transaction is expected to close before
            the end of March 1999.

      o     Reduce borrowing costs. By improving its arrangements with its
            lenders and its internal cash flow, the Company has reduced the
            weighted average interest rate it pays on its debt from 8.7% to 6.8%
            between December 31, 1996 and December 31, 1998. As the Company
            grows, its borrowing arrangements and internal cash flow may
            continue to improve. To the extent this improvement occurs, it will
            allow the Company to be more competitive in seeking new development
            projects and loan opportunities.

      o     Increase sales and marketing efforts. The Company uses extensive
            marketing programs to inform potential timeshare interval buyers
            about its resorts. By adding staff to reinforce its marketing
            efforts in the markets in which it currently operates, and expanding
            its efforts into new markets, the Company believes it can sell more
            timeshare intervals per year than it has in the past. In addition,
            the Company will continue to expand its internal marketing staff,
            which concentrates on selling additional timeshare intervals to the
            Company's existing membership base. Approximately 11% of the
            Company's existing customers owned multiple timeshare intervals at a
            Company resort at December 31, 1998.


                                                                               5
<PAGE>

      o     Explore potential opportunities in broader leisure and finance
            markets. The Company is continually reviewing potential
            opportunities to expand into the broader leisure and finance
            markets, particularly those for which its existing businesses
            provide relevant experience and expertise. There is no assurance
            that such opportunities will be identified or, if the Company finds
            them, that they will be successfully undertaken.


                                                                               6
<PAGE>

                              Competitive Strengths

      The Company believes that the following qualities provide it with certain
competitive strengths and operating efficiencies.

      o     Exceptional customer service to developers. The Company provides
            exceptional customer service to existing and potential borrowers,
            including:

            o     quick credit decisions;

            o     flexible transaction structuring;

            o     comprehensive loan servicing; and

            o     direct access to senior management.

      o     Proven underwriting criteria. The Company believes it can maintain
            low loan loss ratios as its loan portfolio grows by continuing to
            fund projects in attractive locations with favorable economic and
            demographic characteristics, as well as by broadening its analytical
            capabilities. The Company's ability to assess new development
            projects has been enhanced by its acquisition of Eastern Resorts.

      o     Low marketing costs. Historically, the Company has been able to
            stabilize marketing costs through various means. By developing
            resorts in desirable tourist destinations, typically within driving
            distance of its customers, the Company can invite potential buyers
            to tour its resorts without relying on costly gift programs, such as
            subsidized airline tickets and lodging. Also, the Company expects
            its marketing costs, as a percentage of timeshare interval sales, to
            benefit as a result of the expansion of its internal marketing
            efforts.

      o     In-house capabilities. The Company has developed significant
            in-house operational capabilities. This enables the Company to
            maintain greater control over all phases of its financing and
            development operations, and to improve its customer service while
            reducing overall costs. For example, the Company utilizes internal
            personnel to supervise advances on and servicing of both A&D Loans
            and its Consumer Financing portfolio. In addition, the Company has
            in-house marketing, sales, legal, accounting, financing,
            development, and property management capabilities.

      o     Experienced management team. The Company has experienced management
            and personnel in both its financing and development businesses. The
            Company's Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President, Richard
            C. Breeden, has overseen the restructuring of Equivest since 1996.
            He was responsible for the Company's combination with Eastern
            Resorts and the proposed KGI Acquisition. Mr. Breeden is a former
            senior economic advisor to President George Bush, former Chairman of
            the United States Securities and Exchange Commission and former
            chairman of the worldwide financial services practice of Coopers &
            Lybrand LLP. Thomas J. Hamel, who leads the Company's resort
            financing business, has 12 years of experience in financing
            timeshare resort developers and is well-known in the timeshare
            sector nationally. R. Perry Harris, who leads the Company's
            timeshare development efforts, has been in the timeshare industry


                                                                               7
<PAGE>

            since 1981 and has earned recognition in the course of developing
            and marketing seven resorts in New England. Moreover, the top five
            executives of Eastern Resorts have an average of over 14 years
            experience in the timeshare industry and have been with Eastern
            Resorts for an average of 12 years.

      The Company's focus on the timeshare industry, broad market presence and
extensive experience have provided it with many advantages as compared to less
specialized financing providers, including:

      o     Solid, long-standing relationships with many timeshare industry
            developers;

      o     A comprehensive understanding of timeshare development and
            financing; and

      o     A knowledgeable and creative management team with the ability to
            respond quickly to proposals from developers, as well as an
            effective and experienced loan servicing staff.

                                   Operations

Financing

      Historically, the Company has concentrated on funding small to midsize
timeshare projects (involving loans ranging from $1 million to $10 million).
Since 1991, the Company has provided approximately $375 million in financing to
approximately 70 projects in the United States and the Caribbean, one project in
Canada and two in Ireland. To the extent it has available funds, the Company
intends to use its extensive experience in the timeshare industry to expand into
the financing of larger development projects.

      The Company provides loans to timeshare resort developers to acquire land
and construct a resort, or to acquire a hotel, club or other previously
developed property for conversion into a timeshare resort ("A&D Loans"). A&D
Loans are generally collateralized by a first mortgage on the property with full
recourse to the developer. In addition to A&D Loans, the Company provides
financing both indirectly and directly to the consumers who purchase timeshare
intervals. Consumers typically purchase such intervals with a 10% down payment,
and the developer holds a receivable from the consumer for the remaining 90% of
the purchase price ("Consumer Loans"). Through its timeshare development
operations, the Company directly generates Consumer Loans. The Company's
financing operations indirectly fund consumer purchases of timeshare intervals
by purchasing developers' Consumer Loans ("Purchased Receivables") or making
loans to developers secured by their Consumer Loans ("Hypothecation Loans"). The
cost and tax benefits of Hypothecation Loans are generally more advantageous to
developers, although Purchased Receivables result in greater upfront cash to the
developer. In the case of Hypothecation Loans and Purchased Receivables, the
Company has direct recourse against the developer and the consumers whose
obligations underlie these loans.

      Acquisition and Development Loans. The first loan that developers
typically require in the process of developing a timeshare resort is an A&D
Loan. A&D Loans are generally collateralized by a first mortgage on the property
with full recourse to the developer. In addition, the Company typically obtains
personal or corporate guarantees from the developer. The Company does not
normally make an A&D Loan without obtaining the exclusive right to provide
financing for all of the Consumer Loans resulting from the resort project. The
A&D Loan is the


                                                                               8
<PAGE>

earliest stage of developer financing, and a significant expertise is required
by the lender in order to evaluate a project properly. The Company has developed
an expertise in making A&D Loans since it began offering this product in 1994.
The Company has found that it is becoming more important to provide a project's
A&D Loan in order to finance the receivables generated by such project. As a
developer makes sales of timeshare intervals, a portion of the proceeds from
each sale is paid to the Company and applied to the A&D Loan ("release
payment").

      Since 1991, the Company has financed approximately $100 million of A&D
Loans to over 30 projects. Over the past two years the Company has reduced the
cost of funding its A&D Loans, thereby increasing its rate of profitability. As
of December 31, 1996, the Company had $31.5 million in outstanding A&D Loans
with a weighted average interest rate of 12.9%. The average cost of funding such
loans was 9.3%, resulting in a positive spread of 3.6%. By December 31, 1998,
the Company had a total A&D Loan portfolio of $33.4 million, which earned a
weighted average interest rate of 11.7%. The average cost of funding such loans
was 7.9%, resulting in a positive spread of 3.8%.

      The following table sets forth information about the Company's A&D Loans
by size as of December 31, 1998:

                         A&D Loan Portfolio Distribution
                           as of December 31, 1998(1)
                             (Dollars in thousands)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    Average       Percentage of Total
                                 Number of       Aggregate         Principal            A&D Loan
                                 Loans (2)    Principal Amount       Amount            Portfolio
                                 ---------    ----------------       ------            ---------
<S>                                <C>            <C>                <C>                  <C>
Less than $1 million                  7           $ 2,209            $   316               6.6%
$1-$2 million                         5             7,722              1,544              23.1
$2-$3 million                         4             8,844              2,211              26.4
$3-$4 million                         1             3,435              3,435              10.3
$5 million or more                    2            11,224              5,612              33.6
                                   ----           -------            -------             ----- 
Total A&D Loans                      19           $33,434            $ 1,760             100.0%
</TABLE>

(1)   Does not include loans between Resort Funding and Eastern Resorts
      eliminated in consolidation.
(2)   In general, the Company makes one A&D Loan for each resort being financed.

      Consumer Financing. The Company considers its Consumer Financing
portfolio, which consists of its Consumer Loans, together with Hypothecation
Loans and Purchased Receivables, the most significant aspect of its financing
business. After being adjusted for defaults, the yield on the Company's Consumer
Financing portfolio is significantly higher than that on its A&D Loan portfolio.

      At December 31, 1998, the Company's Consumer Financing portfolio totaled
$125.2 million with a weighted average interest rate of 13.5%. The portfolio
included $95.3 million (76%) of Purchased Receivables, $11.9 million (10%) of
Hypothecation Loans and $18.0 million (14%) of Consumer Loans.

      Purchased Receivables. When the Company purchases a developer's Consumer
Loans, the consumers' obligations are assigned to the Company and the consumers
become obligated directly to the Company. The Company then has recourse directly
against the consumers and has


                                                                               9
<PAGE>

the timeshare interval itself as security if the consumers fail to pay. The
Company also has the right to require the developer to repurchase a particular
Consumer Loan if the consumer's payment is 90 days past due. To date the Company
has not needed to take action against consumers directly. As of December 31,
1998, the Company's Purchased Receivables portfolio had a weighted average
interest rate of 13.2%.

      Timeshare loans by developers to consumers typically have a seven-year
maturity and are payable monthly. In a Purchased Receivables transaction, the
Company negotiates an interest rate, which includes servicing fees, with the
developer, and then calculates the present value of the monthly payments that
the developer is receiving from the consumer at that interest rate. The Company
then advances to the developer an amount that is typically between 85% and 90%
of this present value (the remainder of the value being called the holdback). As
the principal balance of a Purchased Receivable decreases, the holdback
increases as a percentage of the principal balance outstanding. The holdback is
not paid to the developer until the developer's obligation to the Company is
paid in full. An example of this process is as follows:

      o     A consumer enters into an agreement with a developer to finance
            $10,000 at 18% over seven years, which results in 84 monthly
            payments of approximately $210;

      o     The Company agrees to purchase the loan from the developer at a 13%
            interest rate;

      o     The present value of the monthly payments of $210 at 13% is
            approximately $11,500, of which the Company advances 85%, or
            approximately $9,800 to the developer, and does not advance the
            remaining 15% holdback, or approximately $1,700;

      o     The Company receives and retains 84 payments of $210; and

      o     The 15% holdback is paid to the developer at maturity in month 84,
            or when the Consumer Loan is paid in full.

      Hypothecation Loans. As an alternative to purchasing Consumer Loans from
the developer, the Company may furnish the developer with a loan, collateralized
by a pool of the developer's Consumer Loans with respect to a particular resort.
The Company negotiates an interest rate which excludes servicing and commitment
fees. The developer assigns Consumer Loans with respect to a particular resort
to the Company as collateral and, by virtue of such assignment, the Company has
the right to service these Consumer Loans in its own name. Thus, the Company
collects payments from consumers on their obligations, and these payments are
applied towards the developer's obligations under the Hypothecation Loan. The
developer typically may borrow an amount up to 85% to 90% of the value of the
pool of Consumer Loans pledged as collateral. If a Consumer Loan becomes 60 days
past due, it becomes ineligible as collateral. In this case, the developer may
be required either to replace that Consumer Loan with a Consumer Loan on which
payments are current, or refund to the Company the amount owed on that
particular Consumer Loan or do nothing if the Hypothecation Loan has sufficient
overcollateralization. The Company has full recourse against the developer with
respect to a Hypothecation Loan, and has the timeshare interval as security. To
date the Company has not needed to take action against consumers directly. As of
December 31, 1998, the Company's Hypothecation Loan portfolio had a weighted
average interest rate of 9.9%. An example of a Hypothecation Loan is as follows:


                                                                              10
<PAGE>

      o     A consumer enters into an agreement with a developer to finance
            $10,000 at 18% over seven years, which results in 84 monthly
            payments of approximately $210;

      o     The Company agrees to lend the developer 85%, or $8,500, for each
            Consumer Loan assigned as collateral to the Company while retaining
            the entire $10,000 value of each Consumer Loan as collateral; and

      o     When the Company has collected the $8,500 advanced, together with
            accrued interest and fees, it passes through the remaining payments
            to the developer.

      Consumer Loans. Once an individual decides to purchase a timeshare
interval, a minimum deposit of 10% of the purchase price is generally required,
while the balance is typically financed through the developer. The loan to the
consumer is secured by a first mortgage on the timeshare interval. The developer
bears the risk of defaults on these promissory notes. On its own timeshare
interval sales, the Company requires a minimum 10% down payment with the
remainder typically financed over seven years, at a 16.5% interest rate. The
Company has historically provided financing for approximately 75% of its
customers, while the other 25% pay the full purchase price at the time of
purchase.

      Consumer Financing is the most important aspect of the Company's financing
business. With respect to Hypothecation Loans and Purchased Receivables, the
Company has recourse against the developer. In addition, on all of its Consumer
Loans, the Company has recourse against each of the consumers, and has the right
to foreclose on each of the timeshare intervals associated with each Consumer
Loan, which interval can be re-sold by the Company. In addition, the Company can
and typically does chargeback the defaulted loan to the developer, who must
replace it with cash or a new performing contract. The Company has full recourse
to the developer to enforce these commitments. In the case of an A&D Loan, the
Company has recourse against the developer and the project and it can foreclose
on a potentially uncompleted resort, which may be more difficult to realize a
recovery. For these reasons that the Company believes its Consumer Financing
portfolio offers better risk-adjusted returns than its A&D Loan portfolio.

      As of December 31, 1998, the Company's total loan portfolio had an
outstanding balance of $161.0 million, which included $33.4 million (21%) of A&D
Loans, $125.3 million (78%) of Consumer Financing, and $2.3 million (1%) of
other loans.


                                                                              11
<PAGE>

                           Loan Portfolio Composition
                             (Dollars in thousands)

                                              As of December 31,
                               -------------------------------------------------
                                 1995         1996          1997         1998(1)
                               --------     --------      --------      --------

A&D Loans                      $ 32,838     $ 31,475      $ 39,390      $ 33,434
Purchased Receivables            51,820       66,201        91,102        95,289
Hypothecation Loans                  --        1,570         5,275        11,904
Consumer Loans                       --           --            --        18,012
Other Loans                       6,605        3,447           763         2,313
                               --------     --------      --------      --------
Total Loans Outstanding        $ 91,263     $102,693      $136,530      $160,952

- ----------
(1)   Does not include loans between Resort Funding and Eastern Resorts
      eliminated in consolidation.


                                                                              12
<PAGE>

      The following table sets forth certain key characteristics of the
Company's loan portfolio as of December 31, 1998.

                      Characteristics of the Loan Portfolio
                           as of December 31, 1998(1)
                             (Dollars in thousands)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                    Total               Weighted         Weighted
                                  Principal              Average          Average          Number of       Number      Number
                                    Amount              Remaining         Interest         Developers        of          Of
                                 Outstanding             Maturity           Rate            Financed       Resorts      Loans
                                 -----------             --------           ----            --------       -------      -----
<S>                                <C>                      <C>             <C>                <C>           <C>       <C>
A&D Loans                          $ 33,434                 2.5             11.7%              13            18            19
Purchased Receivables                95,289                 5.1             13.2               37            48        17,705
Hypothecation Loans                  11,904                 3.4              9.9                7            10            10(2)
Consumer Loans                       18,012                 6.0             16.5               --             8         3,108
Other Loans                           2,313                 1.2             10.1                8             8             8
                                   --------                                 ----
Total Outstanding Loans            $160,952                                 13.0%
</TABLE>

- ----------
(1)   Does not include loans between Resort Funding and Eastern Resorts
      eliminated in consolidation.
(2)   Includes 2,966 underlying Consumer Loans.

Note: Weighted average remaining maturity in years.

Loan Product Overview

      The Company makes A&D Loans to timeshare resort developers to acquire land
and construct a resort, or to acquire a hotel, club or other previously
developed property for conversion into a timeshare resort. In addition to A&D
Loans, the Company provides financing both indirectly and directly to the
consumers who purchase timeshare intervals. Consumers typically purchase such
intervals with a 10% down payment, and the developer makes a Consumer Loan to
the consumer for the remaining 90% of the purchase price. Through its timeshare
development operations, the Company directly generates Consumer Loans. The
Company's financing operations indirectly fund consumer purchases of timeshare
intervals by purchasing developers' Consumer Loans or making loans to developers
secured by their Consumer Loans. The cost and tax benefits of Hypothecation
Loans are generally more advantageous to developers, although Purchased
Receivables generally result in greater upfront cash. In the case of
Hypothecation Loans and Purchased Receivables, the Company has direct recourse
against the developer and the consumers whose obligations underlie these loans.

Underwriting Criteria and Funding Approval Process

      In reviewing potential loans to developers, the Company typically
evaluates the following:

      o     Developer experience. The Company reviews the developer's general
            business experience as well as its performance with other resort
            projects.


                                                                              13
<PAGE>

      o     Financial condition. The Company examines the developer's financial
            condition in order to assess its ability to meet its commitments.

      o     Resort location. The Company believes that location can mean the
            success or failure of a resort, and therefore considers such factors
            as demographic characteristics, area attractions and the success or
            failure of other timeshare resorts in the market.

      o     Sales and marketing. The Company evaluates the competitive
            environment in order to determine the feasibility of the financial
            projections of the project, including the cost and availability of
            tour flow.

      o     Resort property. The Company believes that the quality and amenities
            of the resort and the condition of the property are critical to the
            success of the developer's sales efforts.

      In addition to the criteria discussed above, the Company also conducts a
site visit of the property. The Company's decision to provide funding to a
developer is typically conditioned upon the satisfactory completion of due
diligence.


                                                                              14
<PAGE>

Loan Servicing, Collections and Delinquencies

      Servicing Consumer Loans, including collection activities, is an important
part of the Company's finance business. The Company services nearly all of the
Consumer Loans in its Consumer Financing portfolio. Servicing Consumer Loans
provides the Company with direct access to consumers and prompt feedback from
those consumers regarding resort conditions and developer performance. Also, in
the event of a consumer default, it provides the Company the ability to exercise
expeditiously its remedies against the developer.

                             Loan Reserves Coverage
                             (Dollars in thousands)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            As of December 31,
                                     -------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                Without           With
                                                                                Eastern        Eastern
                                                                                Resorts        Resorts
                                       1995          1996           1997           1998           1998
                                       ----          ----           ----           ----           ----
<S>                                  <C>           <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>     
A&D Loans past due                         --      $  5,315       $  9,485       $  3,435       $  3,435
Consumer Financing past due          $  1,524         3,286          1,458          1,253          1,790
                                     --------      --------       --------       --------       --------
Total past due loans                 $  1,524      $  8,601       $ 10,943       $  4,688       $  5,225

Total loans                          $ 91,263      $102,693       $136,530       $142,940       $160,952

Total past due loans as % of              1.7%          8.4%           8.0%           3.3%           3.2%
   total loans

General reserves                     $  1,800      $  1,979       $  2,442       $  2,927       $  3,835
Specific reserves                       9,126        12,386         17,320         18,392         18,392
Overcollateralization                      --           199          1,006          3,588          3,588
                                     --------      --------       --------       --------       --------
Total reserves and
  overcollateralization(1)           $ 10,926      $ 14,564       $ 20,768       $ 24,907       $ 25,815
Total reserves and
  overcollateralization as % of
  total loans                            12.0%         14.2%          15.2%          17.4%          16.0%

Chargebacks                             3,389         6,066          6,376          5,875             NA

Chargebacks as % of
  Consumer Financing(2)                   6.5%          9.0%           6.6%           5.5%            NA
</TABLE>

- ----------
(1)   Specific reserves and the overcollateralized contracts relate to specific
      developers, and any application of these reserves or overcollateralized
      contracts to defaulted loans would be done on a developer by developer
      basis.
(2)   Chargeback percentage is based on Consumer Financing, because only these
      loans can be charged back.


                                                                              15
<PAGE>

                                 Resort Funding
                              90 Day Past Due Loans
                             (Dollars in thousands)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              As of December 31,
                                              ----------------------------------------------------
                                                1995          1996           1997          1998(1)
                                                ----          ----           ----          -------
<S>                                           <C>           <C>            <C>            <C>     
Total loan portfolio balance                  $ 91,263      $102,693       $136,530       $142,940
Principal amount of past due loans:
A&D Loans                                           --         5,315       $  9,485       $  3,435
Purchased Receivables                            1,524         3,286          1,458            991
Hypothecation Loans                                 --            --             --             --
Other Loans                                         --            --             --             --
                                              --------      --------       --------       --------
Total principal amount of past due loans      $  1,524      $  8,601       $ 10,943       $  4,426
Past due loans as a percentage of total
  Principal amount of loans outstanding            1.7%          8.4%           8.0%           3.1%
</TABLE>

- ----------
(1)   Does not include Eastern Resorts' delinquency portfolio.

                                 Eastern Resorts
                              60 Day Past Due Loans
                             (Dollars in thousands)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         As of December 31,
                                                    ------------------------------
                                                    1996         1997         1998
                                                    ----         ----         ----
<S>                                                <C>          <C>          <C>   
Principal amount of past due loans                 $  414       $  485       $  537
Past due loans as a percentage of
  total principal amount of loans outstanding         3.2%         3.3%         3.0%
</TABLE>

                                  Consolidated
                   Changes in Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
                             (Dollars in thousands)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      Year Ended December 31,
                                             ---------------------------------------------
                                             1995(2)     1996(2)      1997          1998
                                             -------     -------      ----          ----
<S>                                          <C>         <C>         <C>           <C>    
Allowance for doubtful accounts,
  beginning of year                          $ 1,006     $ 1,800     $ 1,979       $ 2,442
Allowance related to the acquisition of
  Eastern Resorts                                 --          --          --           793
Provision for loan losses                        794         179         925           791
Charges to allowance for doubtful
  accounts                                        --          --        (601)         (424)
Charges applied against specific
  developer holdbacks(1)                          --          --         139           233
                                             -------     -------     -------       -------
Allowance for doubtful accounts,             $ 1,800     $ 1,979     $ 2,442       $ 3,835
  end of year
</TABLE>

- ----------
(1)   In accordance with the terms of certain agreements with developers, the
      Company charges certain bad debts directly against developer holdbacks,
      rather than against the general allowance for doubtful accounts.
(2)   Does not include the Company's allowance for doubtful accounts which had a
      beginning balance in 1995 of $290,000, provision of loan losses of
      $602,000 and $0 for 1995 and 1996, respectively, and loan losses of
      $842,000 and $50,000 for 1995 and 1996, respectively. These amounts
      pertain to the insurance premium finance business discontinued in 1995.


                                                                              16
<PAGE>

                                 Eastern Resorts
                   Changes in Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
                             (Dollars in thousands)

                                                  As of December 31,
                                      -----------------------------------------
                                         1996            1997           1998
Allowance for doubtful accounts,
  Beginning of year                   $ 604,454       $ 651,126       $ 731,906
Provision for loan losses               532,701         353,204         673,249
Charges to allowance for doubtful
  Accounts                             (486,029)       (272,424)       (497,075)
                                      ---------       ---------       ---------
Allowance for doubtful accounts,
  End of year                         $ 651,126       $ 731,906       $ 907,470
                                      =========       =========       =========

Client Base

      Historically, the Company has targeted developers of small to midsize
resort projects. Since such projects require modest initial financing, the
Company believes that no individual loan is critical to the Company's success.
As of December 31, 1998, only two developers accounted for more than 10% of the
Company's outstanding loan portfolio (ILX, which accounted for 13% and Kosmas
Group International, Inc. which accounted for 11%).

                          Resort Development Operations

Overview

      The Company entered the resort development business in August 1998, when,
as part of its strategy for diversification and growth, it acquired Eastern
Resorts. Eastern Resorts, either on its own or through its predecessor, has been
in the resort development business since 1981. It operates six resorts in and
around Newport, Rhode Island and one resort in the Berkshire mountains of
western Massachusetts. As of December 31, 1998, Eastern Resorts operated resorts
containing 325 units, representing 16,838 timeshare intervals, of which 4,135
remained unsold. The Company currently has under development 174 additional
units, representing 9,048 intervals. If the KGI Acquisition is completed, the
Company would acquire approximately 20,000 unsold intervals in finished units.
For the year ended December 31, 1998, the Company sold approximately 1,400
timeshare intervals at an average price of $9,326.

      The Company's resort operations include:

      o     Marketing and selling timeshare intervals in its resorts;

      o     Providing financing to consumers who purchase the Company's
            timeshare intervals;

      o     Managing its resorts on behalf of homeowner associations;

      o     Owning and managing two restaurants at its resorts;

      o     Renting unoccupied timeshare units on an overnight basis; and


                                                                              17
<PAGE>

      o     Acquiring property and constructing or converting timeshare resorts.

      Newport is one of the principal destination resorts in the northeastern
United States. Newport is noteworthy for its jazz and folk music festivals,
sailing, the historic summer mansions of leading American families and many
other attractions. The Bentley Brook Mountain Club is a major new project at the
Jiminy Peak ski resort in the Berkshire mountains of Massachusetts. The Bentley
Brook Mountain Club, which has direct access to ski slopes and is a short drive
from the summer music festival at Tanglewood, offers a broad range of year-round
outdoor activities. According to local visitors bureaus, each year Newport hosts
approximately 3.75 million visitors, and Berkshire County hosts approximately
2.25 million visitors.

      The Company's affiliation with RCI allows the Company's customers to
exchange their timeshare interval for one in over 3,200 other resorts around the
world at any time of the year. According to ARDA, the ability to exchange
timeshare intervals through a worldwide network such as RCI is an important
factor a customer considers when deciding to purchase a timeshare interval. Each
year, a substantial percentage of the Company's owners takes advantage of the
exchange opportunity.

      The Company's resorts are designed to furnish customers with a
high-quality vacation experience and offer many leisure amenities. The Company's
resorts are situated in desirable locations that are accessible by car from
Boston and the greater New York City area and other parts of the Northeast
region. The Company estimates that more than 11 million households are within
driving distance (200 miles) of its properties. The percentage of these
households having an annual income in excess of $50,000 exceeds the national
average.


                                                                              18
<PAGE>

Resort Summary

      The following table sets forth certain information regarding each of the
Company's resorts at December 31, 1998.

                   Overview of Resorts as of December 31, 1998

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                     Completion    Total Units      Total        Intervals        Intervals
                                        Date                      Intervals         Sold           for Sale
<S>                                     <C>          <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>
Resorts in Operation                               

Inn on the Harbor                       1983             58          3,016          2,931             85

Newport Overlook                        1985             19            988            941             47

Inn on Long Wharf                       1985             40          2,080          2,000             80

Bay Voyage Inn                          1988             32          1,664          1,500            164

Newport Onshore                         1985             62          3,162          3,102             60

Long Wharf Resort, Phase I(1)           1996             11            572            515             57

Long Wharf Resort, Phase II(1)          1998             71          3,692          1,092          2,600

Bentley Brook, Phase I(1)               1997             12            624            397            227

Bentley Brook, Phase II(1)              1998             20          1,040            225            815
                                                     ------         ------         ------         ------
Total in Operation                                      325         16,838         12,703          4,135
                                                     ======         ======         ======         ======

Resorts under Development(5)                       

Bentley Brook, Phase III(2)             2000             46          2,392             --             --

Bentley Brook, Phase IV(2)(3)           2001             72          3,744             --             --

Long Wharf Resort, Phase III(4)         2000             16            832             --             --

Long Wharf Resort, Phase IV(4)          2001             40          2,080             --             --
                                                     ------         ------         ------         ------

Total under Development                                 174          9,048
                                                     ======         ======
</TABLE>

- ----------
(1)   Designated a "Gold Crown Resort" by RCI.
(2)   Capable of being constructed without additional permits other than
      customary building permits.
(3)   Currently under contract for purchase.
(4)   Subject to permit approvals.
(5)   All completion dates are estimates.

Development Process

      The Company continuously seeks to identify potential development projects
with the favorable characteristics necessary for a successful timeshare resort.
The Company determines the feasibility of a particular site for a potential
resort development or conversion through:

o     Site Evaluation. The Company looks for sites that are generally within 200
      miles of an area with favorable demographic characteristics. Further, the
      Company seeks sites which


                                                                              19
<PAGE>

      it expects to be particularly desirable to potential customers due to
      either proximity to popular tourist destinations, such as is the case with
      Newport, or their scenic or natural value, such as a beachfront resort on
      a particularly attractive stretch of coastline.

o     Assessment of Zoning Regulations. The Company explores the zoning and
      land-use laws applicable to the potential site and the regulatory issues
      pertaining to licenses and permits for timeshare sales and operations. The
      Company will contact various governmental entities and submit applications
      for necessary permits and approvals.

o     Governmental Regulation of Timeshare Industry. The Company evaluates the
      regulation of the sale and marketing of timeshare intervals in the
      prospective resort location.

      After the Company has determined that a site meets its criteria for
development it will prepare a development plan using the Company's standard
lodging unit design. The Company also prepares a budget which estimates the cost
of developing the resort, including costs of lodging facilities, a sales office,
infrastructure and amenities, as well as projected sales, marketing, and general
and administrative costs. To the extent practicable the Company will internally
finance all development projects. Contracts for the purchase of the site
typically provide for additional site review by the Company, including obtaining
a survey of the property and a title commitment. The Company may employ local
counsel to provide advice regarding pertinent jurisdictional legal issues. If
the Company continues to be satisfied with the site after the completion of the
site review, the Company will negotiate for the purchase of the property.

      The Company contracts with an outside architectural firm to design,
supervise and assist in the construction of new units. Contracts are generally
bonded, fixed price and subject to completion guarantees. The Company generally
seeks initial completion of the development of a new resort's basic
infrastructure and models within one year of construction.

Sales and Marketing

      The Company's marketing activities are intended to attract potential
qualified customers to visit and tour a resort or attend a sales presentation in
order to sell timeshare intervals.

      Marketing. The Company focuses its marketing activities on potential
purchasers of timeshare intervals who live within driving distance of one of the
Company's resorts. The Company estimates that the number of households within
200 miles of its New England resorts is approximately 11 million. Marketing to
potential customers within driving distance of its resorts stabilizes the
Company's marketing costs because the Company does not have to rely on costly
gift programs such as subsidized airline tickets and lodging in order to attract
potential customers to take a tour.

      To market its resorts to prospective purchasers, the Company has
historically contracted with third-party lead generation companies. The Company
currently has a marketing contract with Data King Corporation, a company which
provides tour generation services. This contract expires on July 31, 2001 and is
subject to renewal for an additional three-year term. Data King is compensated
based on the number of qualified prospective buyers that it causes to attend
sales tours at the Company's resorts. The Company also purchases tours from
other providers.

      While approximately 85% of the Company's prospective purchasers in the
year ended December 31, 1998 were provided by Data King, the Company is in the
process of expanding its own telemarketing capacity. The Company anticipates
generating a substantial number of tours as


                                                                              20
<PAGE>

part of its in-house marketing capacity. Also, the Company will continue to
expand that portion of its sales force devoted specifically to selling a second
timeshare interval to persons in the Company's existing membership base.

      Sales. The Company sells timeshare intervals primarily through its on-site
sales forces. Upon arrival for a scheduled tour, the prospect is met by a member
of the Company's on-site sales force who conducts a one to two hour tour of the
resort. At the conclusion of the tour, the sales representative explains the
benefits and costs of owning a timeshare interval at one of the Company's
resorts. The presentation also includes a description of the financing
alternatives offered by the Company. A verification officer (a
non-commissionable employee of Eastern Resorts who reports to the Vice President
of Sales) explains the transaction documents and closes the sale. No sale
becomes final until a statutory waiting period of up to 10 days has passed.

      At December 31, 1998, the Company employed 55 salespeople. The Company
seeks to attract, train and retain a dedicated sales force and provides
extensive training to its salespeople. Each sales representative is an employee
of the Company and receives some employment benefits.

Resort Management

      Eastern Resorts' management staff and centralized support services monitor
the Company's operation and system standards and provide support, training and
assistance to each resort. The Company receives a fee of 6% to 10% of budgeted
operating expenses to manage its resorts. At each resort, the fee is paid
pursuant to a management agreement between the Company and a homeowner's
association to which all timeshare interval owners must contribute annual dues.
The Company generally controls the homeowner's association until it has sold
more than 75% of the total timeshare intervals at a resort, at which time the
homeowner's association takes control. The following table summarizes the
revenues expected to be generated in 1999 by the Company's management
activities.

                              MANAGEMENT CONTRACTS

                                Contract Expiration Date   1999 Operating Budget
                                ------------------------   ---------------------
Long Wharf Resort               December 31, 2001                     $1,488,000
Newport Overlook                December 31, 2001                        368,000
Newport Onshore                 December 31, 2001                      1,224,000
Bay Voyage                      December 31, 2001                        570,000
Inn on Long Wharf               December 31, 2001                        683,000
Inn on the Harbor               December 31, 2001                        955,000
Bentley Brook Mountain Club     December 31, 2002                        448,000
                                                                      ----------
Total Current Contracts                                               $5,736,000
                                                                      ==========

      The Company conducts preventative maintenance at each of its properties
and conducts major renovations as the need arises. The Company also has a
centralized purchasing system that reduces costs and maximizes its purchasing
power. All food and beverages, room furnishings, guest room supplies, linens and
cleaning supplies are ordered through national vendors and the requested
quantities are delivered to each resort. The Company's resorts operations
business also has national accounts for telephone, credit card processing,
carpet cleaning and pest control services. By using centralized purchasing, the
Company establishes cost standards for all products and services and takes
advantage of competitive bidding from national vendors which help to ensure that
products are purchased at the lowest cost available.


                                                                              21
<PAGE>

      A staff of more than 100 individuals uses state-of-the-art multiple
property management software to operate all of the Company's sites. The Company
has used several computer systems since its inception. The Company uses a MIS
system installed in June 1996 to operate its sites.

Central Reservations Services

      The Company's full-time central reservations staff books more than 15,000
reservations per year for both timeshare interval owners and individuals seeking
rental accommodations. The reservations staff is on-line with all of the
Company's resorts, which allows the reservations staff to provide
up-to-the-minute booking information to a potential customer. In addition,
reservations can be made through the Company's toll free telephone service.

Rental of Unoccupied Units

      The Company maximizes revenues on its inventory of unused or unsold
timeshare intervals by renting unoccupied units as hotel rooms on an overnight
basis. The Company offers these unoccupied units through direct consumer sales,
travel agents and package vacation wholesalers. In addition to providing the
Company with supplemental revenues, the Company's room rental operations provide
it with a good source of lead generation for the sale of timeshare intervals. As
part of the management services provided by the Company, the Company generally
will rent owners' timeshare intervals at their request when the owners are
unable to use or exchange their timeshare intervals.

Description of Resorts

      Long Wharf Resort. The administrative offices of Eastern Resorts are
located at Long Wharf Resort. This resort has 82 two- and three-bedroom
timeshare units across from scenic Newport Harbor. Boat rentals, charters, and a
variety of water sports are located close by at the Inn on Long Wharf, another
of the Company's resorts. An abundance of waterfront shops, boutiques,
restaurants and a children's arcade are within easy walking distance. The Long
Wharf Resort combines a superb location with harbor view rooms with classic
architecture in a shingle-sided building. It has numerous amenities, including
an indoor/outdoor pool, hot tubs and movie room. This resort is also the only
timeshare resort in Newport with full kitchen facilities.

      As of December 31, 1998, the resort contained 4,264 timeshare intervals,
of which 2,657 intervals remained available for sale. The Company plans to build
an additional 56 units (Long Wharf Resort, Phases III and IV), which would yield
an additional 2,912 timeshare intervals available for sale. Timeshare intervals
at Long Wharf Resort are currently priced from $7,900 to $17,900 per one-week
interval. During the year ended December 31, 1998, 839 timeshare intervals were
sold. In addition to the ownership of timeshare intervals, the Company owns
those units in Long Wharf Resort Phase II where all conference facilities and
common area amenities are situated.

      The Bentley Brook Mountain Club. In addition to its Newport base, the
Company has developed a major new property at the Jiminy Peak ski resort in
Hancock, Massachusetts. A short drive from the summer music festival at
Tanglewood and offering a broad range of outdoor activities, the Bentley Brook
Mountain Club is an all-year facility. Winter activities include skiing,
skating, cross country skiing and a wide variety of seasonal activities. Summer
activities include an alpine slide, golf, tennis and other mountain-related
activities. There is a 100-room hotel and conference center with two restaurants
on site, though independently owned. In


                                                                              22
<PAGE>

addition to the ownership of units and timeshare intervals, the Company owns a
resort office unit in the Bentley Brook Mountain Club.

      The Company acquired its first property on the Jiminy Peak Mountain in
November 1997, when Eastern Resorts purchased existing timeshare units of the
Bentley Brook Mountain Club from the owner of Jiminy Peak. Eastern Resorts also
purchased additional land for development and the right to purchase an "option
parcel" for future development. In November 1997, Eastern Resorts also entered
into an agreement with the owner of Jiminy Peak which provides for certain
rights of Eastern Resorts with respect to access to mountain patrons, discounts
on available amenities, and shared use of resort personnel.

      As of December 31, 1998, the resort included 32 studio, one-bedroom and
two-bedroom units, comprising 1,664 timeshare intervals, of which 1,042
intervals remained available for sale. The Company plans to build an additional
118 units (Bentley Brook, Phases III and IV), which would yield an additional
6,136 timeshare intervals available for sale. Timeshare intervals at the Bentley
Brook Mountain Club are currently priced from $4,400 to $14,900 per one-week
interval. During the year ended December 31, 1998, 405 timeshare intervals were
sold, although the Company spent considerable time in 1998 obtaining necessary
licenses and hiring and training a sales staff.

      The Bay Voyage Inn. The Bay Voyage Inn is the last standing wood-frame
hotel in Jamestown. The Bay Voyage Inn contains 32 one-bedroom units and a
gourmet restaurant. In addition to the ownership of timeshare intervals, the
Company owns two common area units at this resort. As of December 31, 1998, the
resort contained 46 quarter shares and 1,066 timeshare intervals, of which 164
intervals remained available for sale. Timeshare intervals at the Bay Voyage Inn
are currently priced from $6,500 to $10,900 per one-week interval. During the
year ended December 31, 1998, 14 timeshare intervals were sold.

      Newport Onshore. Newport Onshore is located in downtown Newport and offers
spacious units with working fireplaces. Resort amenities include an indoor and
an outdoor pool. Newport Onshore offers 62 one-, two- and three- bedroom units
and is located directly on Newport Harbor, with marina facilities on three sides
of the property. As of December 31, 1998, the resort contained 3,162 timeshare
intervals, of which 60 intervals remained available for sale. Timeshare
intervals at the Newport Onshore Resort are currently priced from $6,500 to
$12,900 per one-week interval. During the year ended December 31, 1998, 48
timeshare intervals were sold.

      Newport Overlook. Newport Overlook is on Conanicus Island, which is
accessible by bridge to the Rhode Island mainland on the west and to Newport on
the east. The resort has large two-bedroom units with full kitchens. As of
December 31, 1998, the resort had 19 two-bedroom condominium units or 988
timeshare intervals, of which 47 intervals remained available for sale.
Timeshare intervals at Newport Overlook Resort are currently priced from $7,400
to $12,900 per one-week interval. During the year ended December 31, 1998, 19
timeshare intervals were sold.

      Inn on Long Wharf. The resort contains 40 one-bedroom units, all of which
have harbor views. As of December 31, 1998, the resort contained 2,080 timeshare
intervals, of which 80 intervals remained available for sale. Timeshare
intervals at Inn on Long Wharf are currently priced from $6,900 to $11,900 per
one-week interval. During the year ended December 31, 1998, 48 timeshare
intervals were sold.


                                                                              23
<PAGE>

      Inn on the Harbor. As of December 31, 1998, the resort had 58 one-bedroom
units or 3,016 timeshare intervals, of which 85 intervals remained available for
sale. Timeshare intervals at Inn on the Harbor are currently priced from $6,300
to $10,900 per one-week interval. During the year ended December 31, 1998, 39
timeshare intervals were sold.

      Restaurants Owned by Eastern Resorts. As an amenity for its resorts in
Newport, the Company owns and operates two restaurants.

Exchange Networks

      The Company's affiliation with RCI allows the Company's customers to
exchange the use periods associated with their timeshare intervals for one in
over 3,200 other resorts around the world in the RCI network at any time of the
year. It is estimated that approximately 180,000 RCI owners live within driving
distance of one of the Company's resorts. Eastern Resorts has had resorts
affiliated with RCI since 1981, and in 1997 approximately 40% (or 5,115) of the
Company's membership base took advantage of the opportunity to exchange their
timeshare intervals. The Company's affiliation contracts with RCI allow the
owners of timeshare intervals at the Company's affiliated resorts to participate
in RCI's exchange network for a subscription fee. Pursuant to the terms of these
affiliation contracts, the Company agrees to promote RCI's exchange program to
the Company's prospective timeshare interval purchasers. Each of the Company's
seven resorts is affiliated with RCI and Long Wharf Resort and Bentley Brook are
"Gold Crown" resorts, RCI's highest rating. Two others, Newport Onshore and
Newport Overlook, were rated "Resorts of International Distinction." In 1997,
Eastern Resorts became an RCI "Preferred Customer" with a limited number of
other prominent developers throughout the world.

Insurance

      The Company carries comprehensive liability, fire, windstorm and business
interruption insurance with respect to its properties and interests in its
resorts (i.e., its inventory of unsold timeshare intervals), with policy
specifications, insured limits and deductibles customarily carried for similar
properties which the Company believes are adequate. There are certain types of
losses (such as losses arising from flooding) that are either uninsurable or not
economically insurable or for which the Company or its borrowers have limited
insurance coverage. Should an uninsured loss or a loss in excess of insured
limits occur, the Company could be required to repair damages at its expense, or
lose its capital invested in an owned resort or face loan default in the case of
a financed resort to the extent that the relevant homeowners' association does
not and cannot cover such losses. Any such loss could materially adversely
affect the Company's financial condition, results of operations, or liquidity.


                                                                              24
<PAGE>

                                   Competition

Financing Operations

      The Company's finance business is highly competitive. Most of the
Company's lending competitors are much larger than the Company and have
significantly more money to lend, including Finova Capital Corp., Textron
Financial Corporation, Heller Financial, various banks and others. The Company
views its target market as developers of midsize and smaller resorts, in which
area it feels that the services it provides to its borrowers make it most
competitive. Recently, some of the Company's larger competitors have also
targeted this segment, thereby increasing pressures on price and terms.

      The availability of financing for new timeshare projects through capital
markets transactions, as well as generous terms offered by other lenders, could
result in overbuilding and an oversupply of intervals in the timeshare market.
This could lead to declining values or over-saturation for timeshare assets
similar to other real estate over-expansions. In addition, the availability of
financing at rates and on terms more favorable than those offered by the Company
may negatively affect the Company's ability to provide additional financing to
certain of its existing customers, as well as its ability to attract new
customers. Further, lenders who traditionally did not provide financing to the
Company's target customers may be forced to do so as other loans made by such
lenders are repaid as a result of financings in the capital markets. These
alternative sources of financing expose the Company to more intense competition
for new A&D Loans which, among other things, tends to reduce yield and enhance
risk.

Resort Development Operations

      The timeshare resort industry remains fragmented and includes a large
number of local and regional resort developers and operators. However, some of
the world's most recognized lodging, hospitality and entertainment companies,
such as Marriott International, The Walt Disney Company, Hilton Hotels, Hyatt
Corporation, and Four Seasons Resorts, have entered the industry. Other
companies in the timeshare industry, including Sunterra Corporation, Fairfield
Communities, Vistana, Ramada Vacation Suites, Silverleaf Resorts and TrendWest
Resorts, are, or are subsidiaries of, public companies with enhanced access to
capital and other resources. In particular, Marriott International and
Silverleaf Resorts develop resorts in the same geographic region as the Company.
In the future, competitors may seek to develop, or may increase their
development of, resorts in New England.

      While the principal competitors of the Company's resort development
business are other developers of timeshare resorts, the Company is also subject
to competition from (i) service providers in the commercial lodging business,
including condominiums, hotels and motels, (ii) service providers in the leisure
business and (iii) to a lesser extent, campgrounds, recreational vehicles, tour
packages and second home sales. A reduction in the product costs associated with
any of these competitors, or an increase in the Company's costs relative to such
competitors' costs, could materially adversely affect the Company's financial
condition, results of operations, or liquidity.

      Numerous businesses, individuals and other entities compete with the
Company in seeking properties for development and acquisition of resorts. Many
of these competitors are larger and have greater financial and other resources
than the Company. Such competition may


                                                                              25
<PAGE>

result in a higher cost for properties the Company wishes to acquire or may
cause the Company to be unable to acquire suitable properties for the
development of new resorts.

                                   Regulation

      The industry is subject to extensive regulation by the federal government,
as well as by the states and foreign jurisdictions in which the resort
properties are located and in which vacation packages and VOIs are marketed and
sold. At the federal level, the Federal Trade Commission has taken the most
active regulatory role through the Federal Trade Commission Act, which prohibits
unfair or deceptive acts or competition in interstate commerce. Other federal
legislation to which Resort Funding is or may be subject appears in the
Securities Act of 1933, the Truth in Lending Act, the Equal Opportunity Credit
Act and the Interstate Land Sales Full Disclosure Act. In addition, many states
have adopted specific laws and regulations with respect to the sale of vacation
packages and interval ownership programs.

      Resort Funding and Eastern Resorts are members of the American Resort
Developers Association ("ARDA"), the principal trade association representing
the segment of the leisure industry that deals with ownership of resort and
vacation products. Membership in ARDA entitles Resort Funding and Eastern
Resorts to various benefits and services, including advertising in ARDA
publications and exhibiting at trade shows. ARDA has adopted a Code of Standards
and Ethics, which sets forth standards of conduct and ethics to which Resort
Funding and Eastern Resorts are subject.

                                    Employees

      As of December 31, 1998, the Company had approximately 285 employees. All
of the Company's timeshare sales agents are employees, most of whom are paid on
a 100% commission basis, with certain health and other benefits. Most of the
Company's management level employees are also compensated in part through
incentive-based compensation. The Company believes that its employee relations
are good. None of the Company's employees is represented by a labor union. All
the full-time employees of the Company who have at least 12 months of service
are awarded stock options in the Company. The Company believes that all
employees should participate in equity ownership.

                                    Property

      Eastern Resorts was the original developer of three of its resorts. It
acquired the land on which these resorts were built, developed the resorts, and
then, as the condominium declarant, filed the appropriate documentation to make
such resorts into condominiums. Finally, Eastern Resorts marketed and sold and
continues to sell timeshare intervals at these resorts at which time it no
longer owned the land underlying these resorts. With respect to the resorts it
did not originally develop, Eastern Resorts purchased the right to manage,
market and sell timeshare intervals from the condominium declarant but did not
purchase the land underlying these resorts.

      The Company owns common area units at its Long Wharf Resort and the
Bentley Brook Mountain Club facilities. It also owns a warehouse facility/rental
property and Eastern Resorts' corporate offices, all of which are located in
Newport, Rhode Island. The Company rents offices in Syracuse, New York, and it
will also rent additional space in Greenwich, Connecticut once Mr. Breeden's
employment contract goes into effect.


                                                                              26
<PAGE>

      Bankruptcy of Affiliated Companies and Related Litigation. Effective
February 16, 1996, the Company entered into an Agreement and Plan of Exchange
(the "Exchange Agreement"), between the Company, The Bennett Funding Group, Inc.
("BFG") and Resort Funding, pursuant to which the Company acquired all of the
common stock of Resort Funding from BFG in exchange for the issuance to BFG of
10,000 shares of the Company's Series 2 Preferred Stock and 3,000 shares of the
Company's Convertible Preferred Stock. As a result of the Exchange Agreement and
certain prior investments, BFG and an affiliate of BFG acquired beneficial
ownership of approximately 86% of the Company's voting shares.

      On March 29, 1996, subsequent to the closing of the transactions
contemplated by the Exchange Agreement, BFG, along with its affiliate Bennett
Management & Development Corp. ("BMDC"), also a principal stockholder of the
Company, filed voluntary petitions (the "Petitions") for reorganization (Case
Nos. 96-61376 and 96-61379, respectively) (the "Bankruptcy Cases") under Chapter
11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code (the "Bankruptcy Code") in the United
States Bankruptcy Court for the Northern District of New York (the "Bankruptcy
Court").

      On April 18, 1996, the U.S. Department of Justice appointed, and the
Bankruptcy Court approved, Richard C. Breeden as trustee in bankruptcy (the
"Trustee") for BFG and BMDC, as well as for certain other related debtors
(collectively, the "Estate"). Mr. Breeden was subsequently appointed Trustee of
Aloha Capital Corporation ("ACC"), The Processing Center ("TPC") and certain
other affiliates of BFG. Mr. Breeden served as Chairman of the United States
Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC") from 1989 to 1993, following
several years' service in the White House and as a lawyer in private practice.
Mr. Breeden was the chairman of the worldwide financial services industry
practice of the accounting firm of Coopers & Lybrand from 1993 to September
1996, when he resigned to establish Richard C. Breeden & Co. in Greenwich,
Connecticut, a firm specializing in aiding troubled companies and consulting on
global capital markets.

      The Petitions were filed after (i) the SEC filed a civil complaint (the
"Civil Complaint") in the United States District Court for the Southern District
of New York (the "Court") against BFG, BMDC, certain of their affiliates and
Patrick R. Bennett, the former Chief Financial Officer of BFG (Case No. 96 Civ.
2237 (JES)) and (ii) the United States Attorney for the Southern District of New
York filed a criminal complaint (the "Criminal Complaint") in the Court against
Patrick Bennett alleging perjury and criminal violations of the anti-fraud
provisions of the federal securities laws. The Civil Complaint alleged numerous
violations of the anti-fraud provisions of the federal securities laws, based in
part on allegations of sales of fictitious equipment leases, fraudulent
misrepresentations to investors in private placements of debt securities, and
misappropriation of corporate assets. In June 1996, the Trustee filed an
adversary proceeding seeking more than $1 billion in damages from, among others,
prior controlling stockholders of BFG and its affiliates and certain of their
business associates, BFG's previous auditing firm and others.

      On June 26, 1997, a federal grand jury issued a 43-count indictment
against Patrick Bennett, his brother Michael, and two associates on charges
ranging from conspiracy to obstruction of justice. On March 2, 1999, a federal
jury found Patrick Bennett guilty of seven counts of conspiracy, perjury and
obstruction of justice after a 13-week trial. The jury failed to reach a verdict
on the remaining counts. Federal prosecutors have indicated that they will retry
Patrick Bennett on those counts. Michael Bennett is awaiting trial.


                                                                              27
<PAGE>

      Notwithstanding the allegations of fraudulent financial dealings at BFG
and BMDC, the Trustee has advised the Company that he has concluded, based on
his investigations to date, that the operations of Resort Funding were not
involved in the fraudulent activities detailed in the complaints described above
and in the Trustee's adversary proceeding. Moreover, the Trustee has advised the
Company that he has determined not to challenge the transactions effected
pursuant to the Exchange Agreement.

Risk Factors

         Bankruptcy of Affiliated Companies; Relationship to Bankruptcy.

      BFG and BMDC, both affiliates of the Company, have filed Petitions in the
Bankruptcy Court. The bankruptcy filings were precipitated when the SEC filed a
civil complaint against BFG, BMDC and certain affiliates, and criminal
complaints were filed and indictments issued against certain members of prior
management. After his appointment in April 1996, the Trustee filed numerous
lawsuits against participants in the alleged frauds as well as certain lawyers,
accountants, insurance companies and others who allegedly aided or assisted
BFG's management in such fraudulent conduct. Creditors also commenced class
actions and other lawsuits seeking private damages and other relief. These legal
proceedings claimed that from 1990 until 1996, BFG, BMDC and certain affiliates
engaged in a pyramid-style fraudulent scheme in which they sold substantial
volumes of securities supposedly collateralized by leases of office equipment,
which leases either were fictitious or had previously been pledged or sold to
others.

      The Trustee's investigations have never implicated the Company or any of
its subsidiaries in the alleged fraudulent schemes. Similarly, the Trustee has
not filed any legal actions against the Company. Nonetheless, certain creditors'
lawsuits claimed that the Company and Resort Funding participated in the alleged
fraud and the Company and Resort Funding were named as defendants in several
federal and state class actions. The federal class actions were subsequently
consolidated (the "Consolidated Class Actions") in the United States District
Court for the Southern District of New York (the "District Court"). In October
1998, the Trustee and counsel for the plaintiffs in the Consolidated Class
Actions signed a Memorandum of Understanding (the "MOU") to settle certain major
litigation between the Estate and an insurance carrier for its leases. The MOU
requires approval of both the District Court and the Bankruptcy Court, as well
as satisfaction of certain other conditions. The Company has not participated in
negotiations concerning the MOU, and is not a party to the MOU. The parties to
the MOU have signed a settlement agreement which has been submitted for the
approval of the Bankruptcy Court and of the District Court. Among other things,
the settlement agreement is contingent on the Company releasing one of the
parties to the settlement agreement. If approved, the settlement agreement would
provide for the Company's final dismissal from the Consolidated Class Actions.
While the resolution of the Consolidated Class Actions may ultimately bar the
related state actions, these state actions remain pending. The Company knows of
no other material litigation involving the alleged fraud described above that
names Resort Funding or Equivest as a defendant.

      In November 1997, the Company repaid approximately $25 million of debt to
the Estate through the issuance of 4,645,596 shares of Common Stock to the
Estate. In September 1998, the Bankruptcy Court authorized the Trustee to
exchange its remaining indebtedness of $361,000 to the Estate for 67,113
additional shares of Common Stock. No party in interest in the bankruptcy has
sought to set aside the sale of Resort Funding to the Company or to consolidate
any of its assets in the proceeding, and the Company does not believe that any
such


                                                                              28
<PAGE>

action, if raised, would be successful. The Company therefore believes that its
future should not be influenced by BFG's affairs, although the bankruptcy
proceedings are continuing and there can be no assurance that claims will not be
made in the future involving the Company.

      At December 31, 1998, the Trustee beneficially owned approximately 82% of
the Company's outstanding shares of voting stock on behalf of the consolidated
Bennett estate, and holds approximately 86% of the voting rights in the Company.

      The Company utilizes certain of its affiliates, including BFG and TPC, for
certain administrative requirements, including some aspects of the Company's
consumer receivable servicing. There can be no assurance that the services
currently available from the bankrupt entities will continue to be available in
the future on the same terms, or at all.

      In response to a request from the Committee of Unsecured Creditors of the
bankrupt Bennett entities (the "Creditors' Committee"), the Trustee has agreed
that the shares of the Company owned by the bankrupt Bennett entities will not
be voted without consultation with the Creditors' Committee and Bankruptcy Court
approval. It is unclear whether the Creditors' Committee or the Office of the
U.S. Trustee will make additional requests concerning the corporate governance
of the Company and what, if any, impact such suggestions (whether or not acted
upon) may have upon the Company's performance.

           Market for the Company's Common Stock and Preferred Stock.

      The Company was delisted from the National Association of Securities
Dealers Automated Quotation System ("NASDAQ Stock Market") in February, 1996.
The Company's application for relisting on the NASDAQ Stock Market was approved
and the Company's common stock resumed trading on the NASDAQ Stock Market on
February 24, 1998 under the symbol "EQUI." As of December 31, 1998, the Estate
beneficially owned approximately 82.1% of the Common Stock and 10,000 shares of
Series 2 Class A Redeemable Preferred Stock, which represents approximately
85.7% of the voting rights. On December 31, 1998, the Company filed a Form S-1
Registration Statement covering a proposed sale of all of the shares of Common
Stock held by the Estate (the "Offering"). The Estate has already received
approval from the Bankruptcy Court to sell all of its Common Stock in Equivest
in the Offering. If the Offering is completed successfully, the Estate ownership
interest in the Company will be eliminated.

          The Trustee intends to sell all of the Common Stock in the Offering,
and to sell all the Preferred Stock to the Company at the conclusion of the
Offering. However, it is possible that less than all of such capital stock will
be sold, in which case the Estate would continue to be a stockholder and would
likely seek other means to liquidate its holdings in the Company. Bankruptcy
Court approval would be required for a partial sale. The sale of a large block
of Common Stock, or the expectation that such a sale might occur, could
materially adversely affect the share price of the Common Stock. The amount of
Common Stock available for trading, as well as trading volume, is currently
small, while spreads between high and low closing prices are large.

                           Indebtedness of the Company

      Short-Term Indebtedness. In August 1998, the Company entered into two
loans with Credit Suisse First Boston Mortgage Capital LLC ("CSFBMC") in
connection with the acquisition of Eastern Resorts. These loans included a $12.1
million bridge loan (the "Bridge Loan"), of which $3.5 million was outstanding
at


                                                                              29
<PAGE>

December 31, 1998. The second loan was a $9.7 million loan (the "Long Wharf
Resort Loan"), of which $8.5 million was outstanding at December 31, 1998.
CSFBMC is an affiliate of Credit Suisse First Boston Corporation, which is a
co-lead underwriter for the Offering. The loans are secured by certain assets of
the Company and the maturity dates were extended to June 11, 1999. Upon the
closing of the pending KGI Acquisition, the Long Wharf Resort Loan is expected
to be consolidated with the Company's 1997 Credit Facility.

      1997 Credit Facility. In November 1997, the Company entered into a credit
facility (the "1997 Credit Facility") with CSFBMC, which provided up to $75.0
million to finance Purchased Receivables and to make Hypothecation Loans (the
"Consumer Receivables Line") and $30.0 million to fund A&D Loans (the "A&D
Line"). The 1997 Credit Facility is secured by certain of the Company's assets.
At December 31, 1998, $54.2 million was outstanding under the Consumer
Receivables Line and $18.3 million under the A&D Line. The Company may borrow
under both lines, subject to continuing compliance with loan terms, until
November 1999. All unpaid amounts under both lines are due and payable in
November 2000. The Company is planning to replace this credit facility.

      Other Indebtedness. The Company also had $45.5 million of other
indebtedness at December 31, 1998. At such date, approximately $23.3 million of
such indebtedness consisted of non-callable loans with low interest rates
ranging from 0.5% to 4.0%. The average weighted rate of interest under such
loans at December 31, 1998 was 2.0%.

                                    Leverage

      At December 31, 1998, the Company's debt to equity ratio was 2.5:1.
Management seeks to maintain levels of leverage that are generally lower than
many specialty finance companies, thereby reducing earnings per share compared
with companies that operate at higher leverage rates. Although the Company
intends to operate on lower average leverage than may be typical among specialty
finance companies, the Company nonetheless has high overall levels of debt and
substantially all of the Company's assets have been pledged as collateral on its
loans. The Company is seeking to replace the 1997 Credit Facility and to obtain
additional financing to support its current operations and planned growth. The
level of indebtedness could have important consequences to investors including:

      o     increasing the Company's vulnerability to general adverse economic
            or industry conditions;

      o     limiting its ability to obtain additional financing to fund future
            lending, resort acquisition and development and general corporate
            requirements; and


                                                                              30
<PAGE>

      o     requiring it to dedicate a substantial portion of its cash flow from
            operations to the payment of indebtedness, thereby reducing
            operating flexibility and opportunities for growth.

                       Additional Financing Requirements.

      The Company requires continuous financing to conduct its finance and
resort acquisition and development businesses. Resort Funding needs sources of
liquidity to make new loans to Eastern Resorts and other borrowers, and to
purchase additional Consumer Loans. To meet its capital needs, the Company plans
to expand its equity base through the Offering and earnings and to increase its
borrowing availability under warehouse lines like the 1997 Credit Facility.
Currently, substantially all of the Company's assets are pledged as collateral
for existing loans. In addition, the Company is exploring the possibility of
entering into securitization transactions in which it either sells or borrows
against the collateral in its loan portfolio, and issuing other debt securities
in the capital markets as operations and market conditions permit.

      In recent periods, some specialty lenders have been unable to obtain
additional financing from their customary or other sources, including from
warehouse lenders and through securitization transactions. Some lenders have
found it necessary to file for protection under bankruptcy laws. In times of
credit constriction, the Company may find it harder to borrow money and may have
to pay more for any loans than do larger borrowers.

      Since Resort Funding is a major lender to Eastern Resorts, limitations on
the availability of financing to Resort Funding could limit the ability of
Eastern Resorts to expand in the future if reasonable alternative sources of
financing are unavailable. In the future, the Company may not be able to obtain
financing or raise capital on terms satisfactory to us or at all. To the extent
the Company cannot raise additional funds, lack of liquidity could materially
and adversely affect its financial condition and results of operations.

      At December 31, 1998, $5.7 million was available for acquisition and
development lending and $18.3 million was the balance of funds used under the
facility. At December 31, 1998, $17.2 million was available under the consumer
receivables portion of the CSFB Facility, and $54.2 million was the balance of
funds used under that facility. The consumer receivables portion of the CSFB
Facility is over-collateralized by approximately $20.3 million.

                              Customer Borrowings.

      Credit and Concentration Risks. The Company's borrowers may repay late or
not pay back their loans. The risk of delinquency and default, and of consequent
loss to the Company, increases during economic downturns. Certain A&D Loans are
much larger than individual Consumer Loans that make up the Consumer Financing
portfolio and are made to considerably fewer borrowers. Further, these loans
normally are riskier than Consumer Loans because the resorts which serve as
collateral may not be completed on time, within budget, or at all, and the
projected sales of timeshare intervals from which the A&D Loan is repaid may not
occur as projected or at all. Even if the Company is able to obtain ownership of
a resort from a defaulting developer, in most circumstances the property can
only be sold as a timeshare resort due to developer sales of the resort prior to
default. Thus, the number of potential buyers for the project may be limited to
companies capable of completing timeshare sales at the resort, and in some cases
that is not feasible. Since January 1, 1996 two A&D Loans have become the
subject of legal proceedings by the Company to seek to foreclose on outstanding
mortgages. One such loan


                                                                              31
<PAGE>

of approximately $6.7 million was repaid in full from the proceeds of a sale to
a new purchaser. The second loan, involving approximately $3.5 million, is the
subject of pending litigation.

      The Company believes that its Consumer Financing portfolio is less risky
than the A&D Loan portfolio. In addition to the obligation of the consumer
purchasers of the timeshare interval, Purchased Receivables and Hypothecation
Loans are backed by an obligation of the developer to replace any non-performing
loan with a new performing loan. In addition, for Purchased Receivables the
Company holds back from each developer a reserve against which non-performing
loans can be applied, and for Hypothecation Loans the Company maintains a
mandatory overcollateralization for the same purpose. Thus, while the Consumer
Financing portfolio experiences more frequent defaults than the A&D Loan
portfolio, the Company believes that its aggregate exposure after reserves is
lower, and the Company has the credit of the developer to supplement that of the
consumer and the reserve.

      The Company adheres to underwriting criteria in evaluating a developer and
the particular project's viability, and performs credit checks on consumers.
Consumer defaults occur regularly, particularly in the early months of a note.
Though historically this has happened only rarely, developers are sometimes
unable to repay or repurchase non-performing Consumer Loans. While the borrowers
promise to make payments under their notes regardless of any defect in, damage
to, or change in condition of the resort property, the existence of problems in
these areas is likely to adversely affect the time, cost and amount of
collections.

      At December 31, 1998, the Company had total reserves, including over
collateralization on the Hypothecation Loans, for its loan portfolio equal to
16.0% of total loans. This included developer hold-backs and other loan specific
reserves of 13.7% of total loans, and a general allowance for doubtful
receivables equal to 2.3% of total loans. The Company evaluates the adequacy of
the allowance on a quarterly basis and adds to the allowance by charging the
amount of the projected loss as an expense. When the Company believes that
collectibility of a receivable is unlikely, that amount is charged against its
allowance for doubtful receivables. As with other lenders, there is a risk that
reserves may not be sufficient to absorb credit losses, which may be substantial
during a recession or economic slowdown, with attendant adverse effects on the
Company's financial condition, results of operation and liquidity.

      Interest Rate and Duration Risks. The Company derives its finance
operations' revenues from interest and fees on loans and consumer receivables.
The Company principally borrows from the sources described above to fund
additional loans and purchase additional Consumer Loans.

      At December 31, 1998, the Company owned A&D Loans in the principal amount
of $33.4 million, with a weighted average variable interest rate of 11.7%. At
that date, the Company owned Purchased Receivables in a carrying amount of $95.3
million, with a weighted average interest rate of 13.2% and a weighted average
life to maturity of 5.1 years, Hypothecation Loans of $11.9 million, with a
weighted average variable rate of 9.9% and a weighted average life to maturity
of approximately 3.4 years and Consumer Loans of $18.0 million, with a weighted


                                                                              32
<PAGE>

average interest rate of 16.5% and a weighted average life to maturity of 6.0
years. At December 31, 1998, these loans were financed principally with
borrowings under the 1997 Credit Facility. The A&D Line has a variable rate of
LIBOR plus 2.9%, and the Consumer Receivables Line has a variable rate of LIBOR
plus 1.9%. At December 31, 1998, the rate under the A&D Line was 7.98%, and the
rate under the Consumer Receivables Line was 6.98%.

      Historically, the Company has derived net interest income from its
financing activities because the interest rates that it charges to borrowers
have exceeded the interest rates the Company pays to its lenders. The Company
typically borrows at variable interest rates. Accordingly, if the Company lends
at fixed rates or at variable rates that do not increase as rapidly as the rates
on its own borrowings, an increase in interest rates could reduce or eliminate
the spread which the Company earns on its A&D Loan portfolio and its Consumer
Financing portfolio. Moreover, an increase in interest rates generally would
decrease the value of assets with interest rates that do not rise
commensurately. The Company does not currently hedge its interest rate risks.

      If interest rates were to decrease generally on loans available to
customers or the purchasers of timeshare intervals, borrowers could prepay their
loans and reduce the Company's interest revenues. The Company generally seeks
protection from prepayment risk on loans (other than Consumer Loans) by making
loans that are not prepayable in some circumstances and requiring prepayment
fees in certain other circumstances.

      The Company typically makes loans and acquires Purchased Receivables with
borrowings whose maturities do not match those of the related Consumer Loans,
and which generally mature earlier than the related Consumer Loans. As a result,
the Company must ordinarily refinance its borrowings. As noted above, all
amounts under the 1997 Credit Facility are due in November 2000. The average
maturity of the Company's portfolio holdings extends well beyond those dates and
the rate of repayment on A&D Loans by developers is variable based on the volume
of sales in such projects. Although the Company has historically been able to
secure financing sufficient to fund its operations, it does not presently have
agreements with its lenders to extend the term of existing funding commitments
upon their expiration. While the Company has been successful in obtaining
financing to date, it may not be able to do so in the future.

          Development, Construction and Property Acquisition Activities

      Risks of Expansion Strategy. The Company intends to continue the expansion
of its existing resorts and to acquire selectively, convert and develop other
resorts. Acquiring, converting and developing resorts places substantial demands
on the Company's liquidity and capital resources, as well as on its personnel
and administrative capabilities. Construction costs or delays at a property may
exceed original estimates, possibly making the expansion or development
uneconomical or unprofitable. Further, sales of timeshare intervals at a newly
completed property may not be sufficient to make the property profitable. In
addition, the Company may expand into new geographic areas in which it has no
operating history. The Company may not be successful in such locations or, if it
is successful, it may require more time or a greater investment in research,
marketing and personnel before the Company becomes successful in such locations.
The Company does not presently have the financing available to complete all of
its planned expansion.

      Regulatory and Environmental Risks. In addition, the Company's development
and construction activities, as well as its ownership and management of real
estate, are subject to comprehensive federal, state and local laws regulating
such matters as environmental and health concerns, protection of endangered
species, water supplies, zoning, and land development, land


                                                                              33
<PAGE>

use, building design and construction, marketing and sales, and other matters.
Such laws, as well as any difficulties in obtaining the requisite licenses,
permits, allocations, authorizations and other entitlements pursuant to such
laws, could impact the development, completion, and sale of the Company's
projects.

      Third-Party Contractors. While the Company's construction activities
typically are performed by third-party contractors whose performance the Company
cannot assure, construction claims may be asserted against the Company for
construction defects. These claims may give rise to liabilities. Certain state
and local laws may impose liability on property developers with respect to
construction defects or repairs made by future owners of such property.

                               Real Estate Risks.

      The Company's business depends in part on the value and operating
characteristics of real property investments. Real estate values are often
uncertain and tend to fluctuate. Desirability of real estate is affected by
numerous and mostly variable factors, including government policies, general
economic conditions, property condition, location, neighborhood quality, and
alternative properties available to consumers. If the Company's resorts or those
of the developers it finances are not attractive to consumers, timeshare
interval sales will decline. There will also not be as many receivables to
finance and the Company may not be able to collect on the loans it has made.

      Real estate investments are relatively illiquid. Such illiquidity will
tend to limit the Company's ability to vary its portfolio promptly in response
to changes in economic conditions. If developers default on their loans and the
Company acquires the collateral properties, the Company may not be able to sell
the properties at prices acceptable to it or at all.

      The Company carries comprehensive liability, fire, windstorm and business
interruption insurance with respect to its properties and interests in its
resorts (i.e., the inventory of unsold timeshare intervals), with policy
specifications, insured limits and deductibles customarily carried for similar
properties which management believes are adequate. There are certain types of
losses (such as losses arising from flooding) that are either uninsurable or not
economically insurable or for which borrowers have limited insurance coverage.
Should an uninsured loss or a loss in excess of insured limits occur, the
Company could be required to repair damages at its expense, or lose capital
invested in an owned resort or face loan default in the case of a financed
resort to the extent that the relevant homeowners' association does not and
cannot cover such losses. Any such loss could materially adversely affect the
Company's financial condition, results of operations, or liquidity.

                      Vulnerability to Regional Conditions.

      As of December 31, 1998, all of the Company's resorts were located in
Massachusetts and Rhode Island. The Company's performance and the value of its
properties will be affected by regional factors, including local economic
conditions (which may be adversely impacted by business layoffs or downsizing,
industry slowdowns, changing demographics and other factors) and the local
regulatory climate. The Company's current geographic concentration could make it
more susceptible to adverse events or conditions which affect this region in
particular. In February 1999, the Company agreed to acquire six additional
resorts in Maryland, Florida, Louisiana and the U.S. Virgin Islands, and one
development site in Washington, D.C. This transaction has not yet been
completed.


                                                                              34
<PAGE>

                          Resort Management Contracts.

      The Company receives a fee of 6% to 10% of a resort's budgeted operating
expenses to manage such resort. The fee is paid by a homeowners' association to
which all timeshare interval owners must contribute annual dues. The management
contracts for five of the Company's existing resorts run through December 31,
2001 and have automatic one-year extensions unless terminated upon six months
notice of the contract expiration date. The contracts for the other two resorts
expire in 2001 and 2002, but are expected to be extended beyond those dates as
long as the Company continues to control the association board for each resort.
While the Company believes it will be able to extend the terms of existing
management contracts, it does not presently have agreements with any of these
associations to do so. If these associations do not renew their agreements, the
Company would lose a valuable source of revenue upon expiration of the existing
agreements.

                 Impact of Timeshare Interval Exchange Networks.

      Timeshare interval exchange networks greatly enhance the attractiveness of
timeshare intervals by allowing owners to exchange in a particular year the
occupancy right in their timeshare interval for an occupancy right in another
participating network resort. If such exchange networks cease to function
effectively, or if the Company's resorts do not continue to qualify for
affiliation with exchange networks, sales of timeshare intervals may be reduced,
and that could materially adversely affect the Company's financial position,
results of operations or liquidity.

     Potential Future Development of Resale Market for Timeshare Intervals.

      Based on the Company's experience at its existing resorts, the Company
believes that the market for resale of timeshare intervals by the owners of such
intervals is very limited and that resale prices are substantially below their
original purchase price. Attempts by buyers to resell their timeshare intervals
may compete with the Company's sales of timeshare intervals. While timeshare
interval resale clearing houses or brokers do not currently have a material
impact on the Company's business, if the secondary market for timeshare
intervals were to become better organized and more liquid, the availability of
resale intervals at lower prices could adversely affect the Company's prices and
number of sales of new timeshare intervals.

                          Dependence on Outside Vendors

      The Company's sale of timeshare intervals is dependent upon its ability to
generate prospects to tour its resort projects. Presently, approximately 85% of
the sales prospects touring the Company's resorts are purchased through outside
vendors and, of those, substantially all were purchased from Data King
Corporation. Although the Company is expanding its own in-house tour generation
capabilities, and adding additional vendors, there are no guarantees that such
efforts will be successful. There are also no guarantees that outside vendors
will continue to meet the Company's marketing demands.


                                                                              35
<PAGE>

                       Concentration in Timeshare Industry

      Because the Company's operations currently are conducted solely within the
timeshare industry, any adverse changes affecting the timeshare industry, such
as an oversupply of timeshare units, a reduction in demand for timeshare units,
changes in travel and vacation patterns, a decrease in popularity with consumers
of any of the resorts owned or financed by the Company, changes in governmental
regulations or taxation of the timeshare industry, as well as negative publicity
about the timeshare industry, could adversely affect the Company's financial
condition, results of operations, or liquidity.

                    Impact of Recession or Economic Slowdown

      Periods of recession or economic slowdown increase the risks associated
with the Company's business. During such periods, the demand for vacation real
estate and real estate values typically decline, timeshare development slows or
ceases, loan demand lessens, and loan delinquencies and defaults rise. The
Company's timeshare development operations could suffer losses if it experiences
a decrease in sales of timeshare intervals or if the Company is forced to sell
its timeshare intervals at lower prices. While the Company believes that its
reserve for loan losses is currently adequate, it may not be sufficient during
an economic downturn.

                Seasonality and Variability of Quarterly Results

      Eastern Resorts experiences significant fluctuations in its quarterly
results due to seasonal variations in rental income. During the spring and
summer months of the second and third quarters, revenues from renting unoccupied
timeshare units on a transient basis increase significantly. Seasonal variation
is also influenced by the concentration of the Company's resorts in Newport,
Rhode Island, which is a popular destination primarily during the summer months.
The Company expects the seasonality of results of operations to lessen following
the expansion of the Bentley Brook Mountain Club resort, which will attract
visitors, and thus increase transient rental income, throughout the ski season.
In addition, sales of timeshare intervals have generally been lower in the
months of December and January. The Company's cash flow and earnings may be
impacted by the timing of development and the completion of future resorts, as
well as the potential effect of severe weather or other seasonal conditions in
the regions where it operates, all of which may cause significant variations in
quarterly results.

                         Integration of Eastern Resorts

      Through December 31, 1998, the operations of Eastern Resorts have been
comparable to the Company's expectations and there have been no significant
integration issues. Nonetheless, as the Company's operations develop and expand,
it will require additional management and employees and will need to implement
enhanced operational and financial systems. The Company may not be able to
successfully hire, retain, integrate and use management and employees and
implement and maintain such operational and financial systems. Failure to do so
could materially adversely affect the Company's financial condition, results of
operations or liquidity.

      The Company's entrance into the timeshare development business through the
acquisition of Eastern Resorts occurred recently and the Company may not realize
the benefits it expected to achieve from the consolidation of Resort Funding and
Eastern Resorts at the expected levels or within the anticipated time periods.
Moreover, such acquisition may cause some of the


                                                                              36
<PAGE>

Company's third-party developer clients to be reluctant to deal with an
enterprise they view as a competitor, though no loss of such clients has
occurred to date.

                 Dependence on Senior Management and Directors.

      Senior Management and Directors. The Company's success depends upon the
continued contributions of its board of directors and the respective management
teams of Resort Funding and Eastern Resorts. Operations are directed by a small
senior management team led by the Company's Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Breeden
serves concurrently as the Trustee of the Bennett Estate.

      Mr. Breeden, in his capacity as Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive
Officer and President of Equivest, currently has no employment contract and
receives no compensation. As Trustee, Mr. Breeden serves solely as a
representative of the Estate and his principal duty is to the creditors of the
Estate. All of the shares of stock owned by the Estate are expected to be sold
in the Offering, after which time Mr. Breeden expects to continue serving in his
current capacity pursuant to a proposed three-year employment agreement. Mr.
Breeden expects that he will serve concurrently as Trustee of the Estate pending
the consummation of the Estate's plan of reorganization. Resort Funding's
President, Thomas J. Hamel, has directed Resort Funding's timeshare operations
since 1991, developing an extensive network of clients. Mr. Hamel has a
three-year employment contract with Resort Funding, with successive one-year
renewal terms. R. Perry Harris is the President of Eastern Resorts. He has been
with Eastern Resorts and its predecessors for 17 years, and the other four key
officers have been with Eastern Resorts and its predecessors for an average of
11 years. Mr. Harris has entered into a five-year employment agreement with
Eastern Resorts. Mr. Harris' expertise and experience in the development of
timeshare resorts are extremely important to the Company. The loss of the
services of any one of these individuals, or of any of the Company's officers,
could materially and adversely affect the Company's business.

      Dual Role of Trustee as Chairman and CEO of Equivest. The Trustee agreed
that, for so long as the Estate continued to own any of the Company's stock, the
Trustee would not vote such shares or exercise any other rights with regard to
such shares without consultation with the Creditors' Committee and obtaining
approval of the Bankruptcy Court. The Estate currently intends to sell all of
its Common Stock in the Company in the Offering, and if it is successful in
doing so, the Estate would not own any shares in the Company and thus should
have no right to influence the Company's management directly. If less than all
of the Estate's shares are sold in the Offering, the Estate would continue to
hold an interest in the Company. In that event, the Trustee would continue to
have to consult with the Creditors' Committee and obtain approval of the
Bankruptcy Court prior to voting the shares of the Estate. In such cases, Mr.
Breeden, as Director, would recuse himself from matters, if any, in which the
interest of the Estate and the Company diverge, as he has done in the past.

      The bankruptcy proceedings involving the Estate will continue through 1999
and to a lesser extent in future years. Mr. Breeden does not expect that his
responsibilities as Trustee will interfere with his duties at the Company. He
will, however, be called upon from time to time to devote attention and energies
to the ongoing bankruptcy proceedings, which could distract him from important
activities of the Company for temporary periods.


                                                                              37
<PAGE>

                                   Regulation.

      The Company's finance operations are subject to regulation by federal,
state and local government authorities and are subject to various laws and
judicial and administrative decisions imposing various requirements and
restrictions including, among other things, regulating credit granting
activities, establishing maximum interest rates and finance charges, requiring
disclosure to customers, setting collection, repossession and claims-handling
procedures, sales and marketing practices regarding timeshare intervals and
other trade practices. The Company's timeshare resort development operations are
subject to extensive regulation by the states and jurisdictions in which its
resorts are located and in which timeshare intervals are marketed and sold.
Federal laws also govern various aspects of credit, disclosure, telemarketing,
advertising, environmental matters, civil rights, and the rights of the
disabled, among others. State laws may also govern such matters and provide
additional consumer protections, such as fire and life safety requirements and
regulations governing service of food and alcohol, as well as mandatory filings,
disclosures, and contract terms. Although the Company believes that it is in
compliance in all material respects with applicable federal, state and local
laws, rules and regulations, more restrictive laws, rules and regulations could
be adopted in the future which could make compliance much more difficult or
expensive, restrict the Company's ability to conduct its business as it is
currently conducted or otherwise adversely affect the Company's financial
condition, results of operations, or liquidity.

                           Environmental Liabilities.

      Various federal, state or local environmental laws may make a current or
previous owner or operator of real property liable for the costs of removal or
remediation of hazardous or toxic substances, including asbestos, located on or
emanating from such property. Those laws often impose liability whether or not
the owner or operator knew of, or was responsible for, the presence of the
hazardous or toxic substances. In some states, contamination of a property may
give rise to a lien on the property to assure the costs of cleanup. In some
states, this lien has priority over the lien of an existing mortgage.
Additionally, third parties may seek recovery from owners or operators of real
properties for personal injury, property damage, or other claims associated with
exposure to or impact from hazardous substances. The presence of hazardous or
toxic substances also may adversely affect any owner's ability to refinance
property or to sell the property to a third party.

      All of the Company's properties have been subject to recent non-invasive
environmental site assessments in general conformance with American Society for
Testing and Materials standards. These assessments were intended to evaluate the
environmental conditions of these properties and included a site visit, a review
of certain records and public information concerning the properties, and the
preparation of a written report.

      Certain of the environmental site assessments identified recognized
environmental conditions at some of the Company's properties. These conditions
include historic uses of the property such as manufacturing or automotive
related facilities. Certain of the Company's resorts in the Long Wharf area of
Newport, Rhode Island have been constructed on sites which have been placed on
the Comprehensive Environmental Response Computation and Liability Information
System ("CERCLIS") and listed as a "State Site" due to the presence of lead in
this area. The source of the lead contaminated soil is not known but is
suspected to be fill dating back many years or possibly other prior uses. As
part of its development of the Long Wharf Resort, Eastern Resorts entered into
an agreement with the Department of Environmental Management of Rhode Island
("DEM") to remediate voluntarily lead contamination in exchange for a release of
liability


                                                                              38
<PAGE>

for the cleanup. After Eastern Resorts successfully completed a remediation
project, DEM issued a letter on March 26, 1998 declaring the site in compliance
with respect to this agreement. The Company believes that applicable remediation
requirements have been or are being fulfilled.

      The environmental site assessments have not revealed any recognized
ongoing environmental liability that the Company believes would have a
materially adverse effect on its financial condition, results of operations, or
liquidity. There can be no assurance, however, that all environmental conditions
and risks have been identified in these environmental assessments and that the
Company is aware of all existing material environmental liabilities. Moreover,
it is possible that (i) future laws, ordinances or regulations could impose
material environmental liabilities; or (ii) the current environmental condition
of the Company's resort properties could be adversely affected by third parties,
or by the condition of land or operations in the vicinity of the resort
properties.

      Real property pledged as security may be subject to unforeseen
environmental liabilities. Such environmental liabilities may give rise to (i) a
diminution in value of the property, (ii) the borrower's inability to repay its
obligations, (iii) limitations on the ability to foreclose against such
property, or (iv) liability for cleanup costs or other remedial actions which
could be material.

                           Preferred Stock Dividends.

      As of December 31, 1998 the Company had cumulative undeclared and unpaid
dividends on its preferred stock of $300,000. No Common Stock dividends can be
paid until all preferred stock dividends are paid. On January 6, 1998, the
Company issued a redemption notice with regard to its Series 1 Class A 12.5%
Preferred Stock, which stock was mandatorily redeemable commencing during the
year ended December 31, 1997. The redemption date for the preferred stock was
February 13, 1998, and the Company paid all accrued but unpaid dividends upon
redemption of the preferred shares.

                                  Competition.

      Financing Operations. The Company's finance business is highly
competitive. Most of the Company's competitors are much larger and have
significantly more money to lend, including Finova Capital Corp., Textron
Financial Corporation, Heller Financial, various banks and others. The Company
views its target market as developers of midsize and smaller resorts. Recently,
some of the Company's larger competitors have also targeted this segment,
thereby increasing pressures on price and terms.

      The availability of financing for new timeshare projects through capital
markets transactions, as well as generous terms offered by other lenders, could
result in overbuilding and an oversupply of intervals in the timeshare market.
This could lead to declining values or over-saturation for timeshare assets
similar to other real estate over-expansions. In addition, the availability of
financing at rates and on terms more favorable than those the Company offers may
negatively affect its ability to provide additional financing to certain of its
existing customers, as well as its ability to attract new customers. Further,
lenders who traditionally did not provide financing to the Company's target
customers may be forced to do so as other loans made by such lenders are repaid
as a result of financings in the capital markets. These alternative sources of
financing expose the Company to more intense competition for new A&D Loans
which, among other things, tends to reduce yield and enhance risk.


                                                                              39
<PAGE>

      Resort Development Operations. The timeshare resort industry is highly
fragmented and includes a large number of local and regional resort developers
and operators. However, some of the world's most recognized lodging, hospitality
and entertainment companies, such as Marriott International, The Walt Disney
Company, Hilton Hotels, Hyatt Corporation, and Four Seasons Resorts, have
entered the industry. Other companies in the timeshare industry, including
Sunterra Corporation, Fairfield Communities, Vistana, Ramada Vacation Suites,
Silverleaf Resorts and TrendWest Resorts, are, or are subsidiaries of, public
companies with enhanced access to capital and other resources. In particular,
Marriott International and Silverleaf Resorts develop resorts in the same
geographic region as the Company. In the future, competitors may seek to
develop, or may increase their development of, resorts in New England.

      While the principal competitors of the Company's resort development
business are other developers of timeshare resorts, the Company is also subject
to competition from (i) service providers in the commercial lodging business,
including condominiums, hotels and motels, (ii) service providers in the leisure
business and (iii) to a lesser extent, from campgrounds, recreational vehicles,
tour packages and second home sales. A reduction in the product costs associated
with any of these competitors, or an increase in the Company's costs relative to
such competitors' costs, could materially adversely affect the Company's
financial condition, results of operations, or liquidity.

      Numerous businesses, individuals and other entities compete with the
Company in seeking properties for development and acquisition of resorts. Many
of these competitors are larger and have greater financial and other resources
than the Company has. Such competition may result in a higher cost for
properties the Company may wish to acquire or may cause the Company to be unable
to acquire suitable properties for the development of new resorts.

               Concentration of Acquisition and Development Loans.

      There is substantial concentration of Resort Funding's acquisition and
development loan portfolio in a small number of borrowers. A default by any of
these developers could materially affect Resort Funding's performance. Given the
relatively small number of companies that fit the lending profile of Resort
Funding, concentrations of portfolio loans to single borrowers can be expected
to be high in at least some instances.

                 Dependence on Computer System of Related Party.

The computer software and hardware platform for the Company's loan servicing
program is owned by the Estate. The Company expects to have the opportunity to
purchase all necessary equipment and software from the Estate when the Estate no
longer has use for it. However, there is no assurance that the Estate will
continue to make the servicing platform available, or that the Company will be
able to acquire the servicing platform from the Estate. The Company previously
used unaffiliated third parties on occasion to perform its loan servicing and
believes that it will be able, if necessary, to make arrangements with a third
party to perform such services in the future. Use of third-party arrangements
are likely to involve increased costs. In any event, the Company expects to
incur increased costs to build a new data processing system to replace the
existing system.


                                                                              40
<PAGE>

                       Servicing and Year 2000 Compliance

      The Company is heavily dependent on computer systems for its loan
servicing activities, among other things. The software and embedded microchips
in certain computer systems identify dates only by the last two digits of a
year. For example, 1999 would be coded as "99," 1998 as "98" and so on. The Year
2000 problem arises from the inability of certain software programs and
microchips to distinguish between dates in the year 2000 and dates in the year
1900. As a result, a date entered "00" may be read as 1900 instead of 2000. If
uncorrected, functions using these systems would not work properly in the year
2000. Problems which may occur as a result of uncorrected software programs or
microchips include system failures, miscalculations or errors causing
disruptions of operations.

      Beginning in 1997, the Company undertook to assess its Year 2000 readiness
by identifying those computer systems used that are not Year 2000 compliant. The
Company has also begun to assess the Year 2000 readiness of other entities with
whom it has a material relationship.

      Resort Funding. Resort Funding relies more on information systems for
servicing its loans than for any other individual function. The computer
software and hardware platform for Resort Funding's loan servicing program is
owned by The Processing Center, Inc. ("TPC"), a bankrupt affiliate of the BFG.
The platform is not yet Year 2000 compliant. The Company has been working
closely with TPC's programmers and management information systems personnel to
monitor TPC's progress in modifying its systems. As of December 31, 1998, the
Company understood that TPC's remediation efforts were 25% complete, and that
approximately 20% of the platform had been satisfactorily tested. The Company
has been advised that TPC anticipates completing its remediation program and
testing all systems by June 1999. However, there can be no assurance that TPC's
software and hardware platform will be Year 2000 compliant by December 31, 1999.
There also can be no assurance that TPC will continue to make the servicing
platform available to Resort Funding, or that Resort Funding will be able to
acquire the servicing platform from TPC. Resort Funding has previously used
unaffiliated third parties on occasion to perform its loan servicing.
Consequently, the Company believes it will be able to make arrangements with a
third party to perform such services if necessary, but such arrangements are
currently not in place. As a contingency, the Company expects to identify
potential parties to perform the Company's loan servicing by the end of the
first quarter of 1999 in the event that, in its view, TPC's remediation efforts
have not progressed sufficiently to ensure timely Year 2000 compliance.

      Eastern Resorts. Eastern Resorts uses a third-party database server as its
primary software system for resort reservations, timeshare sales, and
homeowners' association receivables. The version of the software used by Eastern
Resorts is not Year 2000 compliant. However, an updated version of the system is
currently available at no cost. The updated version is Year 2000 compliant.
Eastern Resorts expects to have the upgraded version installed and tested by the
end of March 1999. The minimum system requirements for the upgraded software are
such that Eastern Resorts also anticipates replacing much of its existing
hardware and software in the ordinary course of business. Any such replacements
will be Year 2000 compliant.

      The computer system used by Eastern Resorts for word processing is not
Year 2000 compliant. Eastern Resorts expects to have all systems corrected,
tested and functional, or otherwise replaced in the ordinary course of business,
by June 1999. The Company does not anticipate that the cost of any corrections
or replacements will be material. However, there can be


                                                                              41
<PAGE>

no assurance that the actual cost to make such corrections or acquire
replacements will not exceed expectations, which may have an adverse effect on
the Company's financial performance.

      Third Parties. The Company's Year 2000 compliance program also includes
assessing the readiness of its lenders, borrowers, major vendors, suppliers and
any other third parties with whom it has significant dealings, who may be
impacted by the Year 2000 problem. The Company has just commenced assessing
these third parties' Year 2000 readiness, and does not know whether they are
Year 2000 compliant. The extent to which such parties have not modified their
systems to address the Year 2000 issues may have a significant, adverse impact
on the Company's operations or financial performance.

      Cost. Since Resort Funding uses the computer software and hardware
platform of a third-party, the cost for addressing and correcting Year 2000
issues has not been material. As of December 31, 1998, the Company estimates
that it had spent $25,000 on Year 2000 remediation. The Company does not
anticipate that it will incur any significant additional expense in correcting
its systems. However, there can be no assurance that expenditures will not
exceed estimates. In the event that the Company is forced to identify and
contract with parties to replace existing suppliers and vendors, such as TPC,
the cost of such replacement may have a material adverse effect on the Company's
financial condition and results of operations. Further, if the Company is unable
to perform its contractual obligations to its lenders and borrowers as a result
of its own or an important third party's failure to achieve Year 2000
compliance, the potential cost and liability for such failure may have a
material adverse effect on the Company's financial condition and results of
operations.


                                                                              42
<PAGE>

Item 2. Properties

      Resort Funding's offices are located at 2 Clinton Square, Syracuse, New
York 13202. The Company leases approximately 6,500 square feet of office space
from an affiliated entity at a cost of $6,752 per month on a month-to-month
basis. The lease payments are adjusted annually to reflect increases in real
estate taxes and operating expenses.

      Eastern Resorts was the original developer of three of its resorts. It
acquired the land on which these resorts were built, developed the resorts, and
then, as the condominium declarant, filed the appropriate documentation to make
such resorts into condominiums. Finally, Eastern Resorts marketed and sold and
continues to sell timeshare intervals at these resorts at which time it no
longer owned the land underlying these resorts. With respect to the resorts it
did not originally develop, Eastern Resorts purchased the right to manage,
market and sell timeshare intervals from the condominium declarant but did not
purchase the land underlying these resorts.

      The Company owns common area units at its Long Wharf Resort and the
Bentley Brook Mountain Club facilities. It also owns a warehouse facility/rental
property and Eastern Resorts' corporate offices, all of which are located in
Newport, Rhode Island. The Company rents offices in Syracuse, New York, and it
will also rent additional space in Greenwich, Connecticut once Mr. Breeden's
employment contract goes into effect on the date of the Offering.

Item 3. Legal Proceedings

      The Company is involved in various legal actions and claims arising in the
ordinary course of business. Management believes there is no merit to any such
claims against the Company. In addition, the Company has been named as a
defendant in certain civil actions related to the Petition. See "Business-Risk
Factors".

      In January 1996, Joseph Mooney, former Senior Executive Vice President and
Director of the Company, filed a lawsuit in the Circuit Court of Broward County,
Florida against the Company, Murray Bacal (the former Chairman of the Board of
the Company), and another defendant alleging, among other things, that the
Company breached its obligations to him under a termination agreement and a
prior letter of intent that Mr. Mooney claims would have permitted him to
acquire certain assets of the Company. Mr. Mooney alleged that the Company
tortuously interfered with certain business opportunities he had. Mr. Mooney's
suit sought certain declaratory and equitable relief, compensatory damages in
excess of $1,050,000, plus prejudgment interest, court costs, reasonable
attorneys fees and such other relief as the court may deem appropriate. The
Company filed a motion to dismiss Mr. Mooney's complaint, which motion was
granted without prejudice to Mr. Mooney filing a new complaint within 30 days
after entry of the order. In addition, the Company filed certain counterclaims
against Mr. Mooney. The Company's counterclaims are still pending. The
counterclaims seek compensatory damages, treble damages, pre- and post-judgment
interest, costs, attorney's fees and such further relief as the court deems
appropriate. Mr. Mooney has answered, denying liability on the Company's
counterclaims. The Company intends to vigorously defend its interests against
Mr. Mooney's claims, and pursue its counterclaims.

      In September 1997, Resort Funding commenced foreclosure proceedings
against a resort property located in Hilton Head, South Carolina which was
approximately four months delinquent in payment of its obligations to Resort
Funding under an acquisition and development loan agreement. On November 3,
1997, Resort Funding reached an agreement with the developer


                                                                              43
<PAGE>

to settle the arrears. As part of the agreement, the developer paid Resort
Funding all past due amounts in full and remitted payment in advance for
installments due for October, November and December, 1997. As additional
security for future payments, the developer agreed to grant Resort Funding a
deed in lieu of foreclosure to be held in escrow pending Resort Funding's
receipt of all other payments as they were to become due. However, in January,
1998, the developer refused to deliver the deed in lieu of foreclosure and
terminated the November 3 agreement. On March 17, 1998, the developer filed an
answer and counterclaims in the foreclosure action alleging, among other things,
that it was not in default of the loan agreements. Resort Funding intends to
pursue vigorously its claims and defend the counterclaims. On September 30,
1998, the developer agreed to deposit all past-due interest amounts into an
escrow account accessible only by order of the court. Additionally, the
developer agreed to pay into the escrow account all future interest payments as
they become due, pending the outcome of the foreclosure action. In the event
that any such payments are not timely received, Resort Funding shall have the
right to have a receiver appointed to operate the resort. As of December 31,
1999, the principal balance owed to Resort Funding under the referenced loan was
approximately $3.4 million and the escrow account had a balance of $425,558. The
promissory note matured on February 28, 1999. Resort Funding's acquisition and
development loan agreement provides that principal will be repaid through
release fees on interval units sold. As of December 31, 1999, the developer had
not sold any interval units. There can be no assurance Resort Funding will
receive principal payments relating to this obligation in the short term, or
that it will not incur a loss on this loan.


                                                                              44
<PAGE>

Item 4. Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

      On December 8, 1998, the Company held its annual meeting for 1997 in
Newport, Rhode Island. Several matters were considered and presented for vote.
Shareholders reelected the following directors to serve until the 1998 annual
meeting: Richard C. Breeden, George W. Carmany III, John R. Petty, R. Perry
Harris, Thomas J. Hamel. Each director was elected by a vote of 23,414,913 for
and 5,000 against. Shareholders also voted to increase the number of shares
available for issuance pursuant to the Company's long-term incentive plan, by a
vote of 23,414913 for and 5,000 against. Shareholders voted to amend the
Company's certificate of incorporation to effect a reverse stock split by a vote
of 23,414,913 for and 5,000 against. Finally, shareholders voted to ratify the
appointment of Firley, Moran, Freer & Eassa as the Company's independent
auditors for 1998, by a vote of 23,414,913 for and 5,000 against. There were no
broker non-votes on any matters presented at the annual meeting.


                                                                              45
<PAGE>

                                     PART II

Item 5. Market for Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters.

      On June 25, 1991, each of the Company's Common Stock commenced trading on
the NASDAQ Stock Market as a small-capitalization issue. In February 1996 the
Company's stock was delisted from the NASDAQ Stock Market and traded on the
over-the-counter market until the Company's application for relisting on the
NASDAQ small-capitalization market was granted in February, 1998. The Company's
Common Stock resumed trading on the NASDAQ Stock Market on February 24, 1998. On
December 31, 1998, the Company filed a Form S-1 Registration Statement proposing
to sell all of the shares of Common Stock held by the Estate (the "Offering").
The high and low bids of the Company's Common Stock are shown for the calendar
periods indicated:

                                  COMMON STOCK
      Quarter                 High Bid                  Low Bid
      -------                 --------                  -------
      1998 1st                  6 5/8                    4 7/8
      1998 2nd                  6 1/2                    4 5/8
      1998 3rd                  8 5/8                    4 3/4
      1998 4th                  6 7/8                    3 1/2

      Such quotations reflected inter-dealer price, without retail mark-up,
mark-down or commission, and did not necessarily represent an actual
transaction. The high and low bids shown above relate only to periods in which
any actual trading occurred.


                                                                              46
<PAGE>

Item 6. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results
of Operations

                           Forward-looking Statements

Certain matters discussed or incorporated herein by reference contain
forward-looking statements. These statements may be identified by the use of
words or phrases such as "believe," "expect," "anticipate," "should," "planned,"
"estimated," and "potential." Forward-looking statements are based on the
Company's current expectations. The Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of
1995 provides a "safe harbor" for such forward-looking statements. In order to
comply with the terms of the safe harbor, the Company notes that a variety of
factors could cause actual results and experience to differ materially from the
anticipated results or other expectations expressed in such forward-looking
statements. These factors include, among others, general economic and business
conditions, industry trends, changes in business strategy or development plans,
availability and quality of management, a downturn in the real estate cycle or
other factors which result in lower sales of vacation ownership interests,
possible financial difficulties of one or more of the developers with whom the
Company does business (such as the risk of carrying non-performing assets or
losses if defaulted loans prove to have insufficient collateral backing),
fluctuations in interest rates, prepayments by consumers of indebtedness,
prepayments by developers, inability of developers to honor replacement
obligations for defaulted consumer notes, and competition from organizations
with greater financial resources.

Overview

On August 28, 1998, the Company acquired all of the outstanding common stock of
Eastern Resorts in exchange for approximately $15 million in cash and 3.2
million shares of the Company's common stock. Upon completion of the
acquisition, Eastern Resorts became a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company.
The transaction was accounted for as a purchase. Consequently, the operating
results were included in the Company's consolidated financial statements since
the date of acquisition. With this acquisition, the Company embarked on a new
line of business developing and managing timeshare resorts.

Operations of Equivest

The Company's primary sources of revenues are its (i) finance operations and
(ii) timeshare operations. Revenues from its finance operations are principally
from interest and fees on loans, and revenues from its timeshare operations are
principally from timeshare interval sales and resort operations.

Finance Operations

      In its finance operations, the Company recognizes interest income on its
outstanding loan receivables when earned, using the interest method. The accrual
of interest on a loan is discontinued when unpaid interest, together with the
loan principal outstanding, exceeds the loan's projected cash flow or the loan's
collateral value.

      The Company reduces gross receivables by the amount of hold-backs from
developers ("specific reserves"). In addition, the Company establishes an
allowance for doubtful receivables ("general reserves"). Management evaluates
the adequacy of the allowance on a quarterly basis by examining past loss
experience, current delinquencies, known and inherent risks in the portfolio,
adverse conditions that may affect the borrower's ability to repay, the
estimated value of


                                                                              47
<PAGE>

the underlying collateral, and current economic conditions. For the past several
years, the Company has maintained general reserves at a level of approximately
2.2% of the net amount of its notes receivable (excluding Consumer Loans). The
Company's allowance for doubtful accounts is based upon management's estimate of
the amount that will be necessary to cover future write-offs of accounts
receivable in the event (i) a developer defaults on its obligation to replace or
take back a non-performing Consumer Loan and (ii) specific reserves on such
developer's loan are exhausted. A receivable is charged against the allowance
when management believes that collection is unlikely. If management's estimates
differ from actual results, reported income for the earlier period in which a
provision for doubtful receivables was taken will be too high or too low, and an
adjustment will be made.

      In the case of Purchased Receivables, the Company generally holds back
from developers 10% to 15% of the purchase price ("hold back") as a specific
reserve against potential default by the developer on its liability for any
defaulted Consumer Loan. The Company does not pay this amount to the developer
until the Consumer Loan has been paid in full. As a result, the special reserve
as a percent of the unpaid principal begins at 10% to 15% and increases as the
principal of the loan is paid down. In the event a consumer defaults on an
obligation, the Company has the right to require the developer to repurchase the
defaulted consumer receivable at an amount equal to the present value of the
unpaid principal and interest on the note, net of the reserve ("chargeback").
Generally, the developer has the option to replace the defaulted consumer
receivable with another of equal or greater value. Specific reserves are charged
only if the developer defaults on its chargeback obligations. General reserves
are charged only if the developer defaults on its obligations and there are no
remaining specific reserves.

      In the case of Hypothecation Loans, the Company typically advances to the
developer, at any given time, only 85% to 90% (the "Advance Rate") of the amount
of the receivables pledged as collateral for the loan. As consumers make
payments on their obligations, a portion of the Hypothecation Loan is repaid.
Once the Hypothecation Loan is repaid in full, the remaining collateral is
released to the developer.

Timeshare Operations

      The Company's timeshare development operations generate revenue primarily
through selling and financing timeshare intervals and operating several resort
properties. The Company recognizes timeshare interval sales revenue on the
accrual basis. A sale is recognized after a binding sales contract has been
executed, the buyer has made a down payment of at least 10%, and a statutory
recission period has expired. If all other criteria are met, but construction of
the unit to which the timeshare interval relates is not substantially complete,
revenue is recognized according to the percentage of completion method. The
Company recognizes interest income on its outstanding Consumer Loans when
earned, using the interest method. For tax purposes, sales of timeshare
intervals are recognized using the installment sale method of accounting, which
recognizes income as cash is received.

      Revenues from resort operations primarily consist of fees earned for
management of timeshare resorts, income from the rental of unoccupied timeshare
units on an overnight basis, and food and beverage sales from the Company's two
restaurants. Revenues are recognized at the time services are rendered.

      In its timeshare operations, the Company accounts for uncollectible notes
by recording a provision for doubtful accounts at the time timeshare interval
sales revenue is recognized. Historically, this provision approximated 5% of the
outstanding receivables balance. If a


                                                                              48
<PAGE>

customer defaults, any unpaid balance on the note is charged against the
previously established allowance for doubtful accounts, net of the amount that
is restored to inventory. Timeshare intervals returned to inventory are recorded
in inventory at the lower of their original cost or market value. The Company
ceases to recognize interest income when a note becomes past due.

      Costs associated with the acquisition and development of a timeshare
resort include the costs of land, construction, furniture, interest and taxes.
These costs are capitalized and recorded as part of inventory cost, and
inventory is depleted and expensed based on the relative sales method: a fixed
amount is expensed as a depletion of inventory each time a timeshare interval is
sold. If no sales were to be made with respect to a particular development
project, no expense would be recorded unless and until the property is sold or
abandoned, or if management determines the market value of the inventory is less
than its recorded cost.

      In contrast to its financing operations, the Company's timeshare
development business experiences significant fluctuations in its quarterly
results primarily owing to higher revenues in the spring and summer months from
renting unoccupied timeshare units on an overnight basis at its resorts in and
around Newport. The Company expects the seasonality of the results of its resort
operations to lessen following the further expansion of the Bentley Brook
Mountain Club, which is expected to attract visitors, and thus increase
overnight rental income throughout the winter ski season.


                                                                              49
<PAGE>

                                                    Selected Financial Data
                                               as a Percentage of Total Revenues

                                                      Year Ended December 31,
                                                  ----------------------------- 
                                                   1996        1997        1998
                                                  -----       -----       ----- 
Revenues
  Interest from:
  Acquisition and development loans                29.8%       25.1%       18.2%
  Purchased consumer receivables                   59.6%       61.8%       41.8%
  Hypothecation loans                               0.4%        1.9%        4.0%
    Consumer loans                                   --          --          --
    Other loans                                     1.3%        5.8%        4.8%
                                                  -----       -----       ----- 
      Total interest on loans                      91.1%       94.6%       68.8%
Timeshare interval sales                             --          --        15.4%
Resort operations                                    --          --        12.3%
Other income                                        8.9%        5.4%        3.5%
                                                  -----       -----       ----- 
  Total revenue                                   100.0%      100.0%      100.0%

Costs and Expenses
Interest                                           58.0%       50.6%       25.2%
Debt related and other costs including
  amortization                                      6.3%        6.7%        6.5%
Provision for doubtful receivables                  1.3%        5.8%        2.7%
Cost of timeshare intervals sold                     --          --         3.9%
Sales and marketing                                  --          --         7.3%
Resort management                                    --          --        11.0%
Goodwill amortization                                --          --         0.8%
General and administrative                         22.6%       15.5%       13.9%
                                                  -----       -----       ----- 
  Total costs and expenses                         88.2%       78.6%       71.3%
                                                  -----       -----       ----- 

Income from operations before
  provision for income taxes                       11.8%       21.4%       28.7%

Provision for income taxes                          0.2%        1.2%       11.0%
                                                  -----       -----       ----- 
Net income                                         11.6%       20.2%       17.7%
                                                  =====       =====       ===== 


                                                                              50
<PAGE>

                 December 31, 1998 compared to December 31, 1997

Net Income

Income before provision for income taxes increased 149% to $8.5 million for the
year ended December 31, 1998, as compared to $3.4 million for the same period in
1997. Net income increased 62% to $5.2 million for the year ended December 31,
1998 from $3.2 million for the same period in 1997. The increase in net income
is primarily attributable to increased interest income resulting from portfolio
growth, increased commitment fees, decreased interest expenses, and the
inclusion of operating results for Eastern Resorts. These increases were
partially offset by an increased provision for income taxes, higher selling,
general and administrative costs, and an increase in debt-related costs and
amortization. During 1998, the Company made a provision for income taxes of $3.3
million, a 1,594% increase over the $0.2 million provision for income taxes for
1997. This reflected the exhaustion of the Company's net operating loss
carryforward in the first quarter of 1998.

Total revenue rose 86% to $29.6 million for 1998 as compared to $16.0 million
for 1997. Revenue growth is largely due to the addition of Eastern Resort's
revenue totaling $9.2 million, coupled with increased portfolio growth in both
consumer receivables financing and acquisition and development loans, and higher
fees. Total loan originations rose 34% to $96.3 million for the year ended 1998,
compared to $71.8 million for the year-ended 1997.

Interest income

Interest income on loans increased 32% to $20.4 million for 1998, from $15.5
million for the same period in 1997, mainly due to growth in the portfolio held
for investment, which was slightly offset by a decline in interest rates.
Interest income on consumer notes rose 28% to $13.5 million for 1998 as compared
to $10.6 million for 1997, and is also attributable to the growth in the loan
portfolio. The average amount outstanding on the consumer receivable portfolio
for the year ended 1998 was approximately $21 million higher than the same
period in 1997, although the average interest rate dropped about 0.5%. The
weighted average interest rates on consumer receivable loans declined during
1998 compared to 1997 due to an increase in the outstanding balance of
Hypothecation Loans, which generally bear lower interest rates than Purchased
Receivables (partially in compensation for the commitment fee and service fee
that Resort Funding charges to developers in connection with Hypothecation
Loans) and a relatively smaller increase in the outstanding balance of Purchased
Receivables. Interest on A&D Loans increased 35% to $5.4 million for 1998 from
$4.0 million for the same period in 1997, predominantly due to higher average
outstanding balances. The average outstanding balances for A&D Loans during 1998
was approximately $12 million higher than the same period in 1997, although
average interest rates declined approximately 0.6%. The reduction in average
outstanding balances on notes receivable from a related party caused a reduction
of $0.4 million in interest income for 1998. Eastern Resorts contributed
interest income of $1.0 million since the acquisition date.

Timeshare interval sales

During 1998, vacation ownership revenue totaled $4.6 million. The income
associated with vacation ownership is a result of the acquisition of Eastern
Resorts. Therefore, there is no corresponding account for the same time period
in 1997. The total amount allocated to vacation ownership represents four months
and three days of operating results for Eastern Resorts.


                                                                              51
<PAGE>

Resort operations

Resort operations for 1998 totaled $3.6 million. The revenue from resort
operations is a result of the acquisition of Eastern Resorts. Therefore, there
is no corresponding account for the same time period in 1997. The total amount
allocated to resort operations represents four months and three days of
operating results for Eastern Resorts.

Gains on sales of consumer receivables

The Company did not sell any loans during 1998, therefore no gains on sale of
contracts were recorded. For the same period in 1997, gains on sales of the
contracts amounted to $29,700.

Other income

Other income increased by 145% to $1.0 million for 1998, as compared to $0.4
million for the same period in 1997. The increase was primarily due to an
increase in fee income generated by new Hypothecation Loans and new A&D Loans.

Interest expense

Interest expense decreased 8% to $7.5 million for 1998, from $8.1 million for
the same period in 1997, primarily due to lower interest rates. The consumer
receivables facility had higher average outstanding balances of almost $10
million during 1998, compared to the same period in 1997, but interest rates
were approximately 280 basis points lower. Consequently, overall interest
expense on the Company's consumer receivable facility decreased 4% to $3.5
million for 1998 from $3.7 million for 1997.

The average interest rate on other bank notes decreased to 6.2% for 1998, from
6.5% for the same period in 1997. Nevertheless, interest expense on other bank
notes increased 29.4% to $3.4 million for 1998, from $2.6 million for the same
period in 1997, due to a higher average outstanding balance of approximately $13
million. The satisfaction of $25 million of intercompany debt through the
issuance of Common Stock as of October 30, 1997 resulted in further reduction of
interest expense for 1998. For 1997, approximately $1.4 million of interest
expense was charged to operations in connection with this intercompany debt.

Debt-related costs including amortization of financing costs

Debt-related costs including amortization of financing costs increased 81% to
$1.9 million for 1998, from $1.1 million for the same period in 1997. The
increase is primarily due to $0.3 million associated with the Bridge Loan, $0.1
million related to the CSFBMC warrant amortization, and $0.2 million related to
a court approval that cleared title to certain financial assets. The court order
cleared title to approximately $27 million in receivables without further cost
to Equivest. The increase in debt related costs is principally attributable to
the amortization of fees and common stock warrants associated with a credit
facility the Company obtained in the fourth quarter of 1997. The value of the
warrants is being accounted for as a discount in consideration for making the
loan and will be amortized as interest expense over the term of the agreement.


                                                                              52
<PAGE>

Provision for doubtful receivables

The provision for doubtful receivables decreased slightly to $0.8 million for
the year ended December 31, 1998, compared to $0.9 million for the same period
in 1997. Although the provision for doubtful receivables declined during 1998,
the allowance for doubtful receivables increased to $3.8 million as of December
31, 1998 compared to $3.2 million as of December 31, 1997, as adjusted on a pro
forma basis to include $.8 million recorded by Eastern Resorts as an allowance
for loan loss as of December 31, 1997. Management maintains an allowance for
doubtful receivables that, in the opinion of management, provides adequately for
current and estimated future losses of existing receivables.

Cost of timeshare intervals sold

The cost of property sold for the year ended December 31, 1998 totaled $1.1
million. The inclusion of cost of property sold is a result of the acquisition
of Eastern Resorts. Therefore, there is no corresponding account for the same
time period in 1997. The total amount allocated to resort operations represents
four months and three days of operating results for Eastern Resorts.

Sales and marketing

Sales and marketing expense for the 1998 totaled $2.2 million. The inclusion of
sales and marketing expense is a result of the acquisition of Eastern Resorts.
Therefore, there is no corresponding account for the same time period in 1997.
The total amount allocated to resort operations represents four months and three
days of operating results for Eastern Resorts.

Resort management

Resort Management expenses for the year ended December 31, 1998 totaled $3.3
million. The inclusion of resort management expense is a result of the
acquisition of Eastern Resorts. Therefore, there is no corresponding account for
the same time period in 1997. The total amount allocated to resort operations
represents four months and three days of operating results for Eastern Resorts.

Goodwill amortization

Goodwill amortization totaled $0.2 million during 1998. Goodwill is related to
the acquisition of Eastern Resorts and is being amortized on a straight-line
basis over 40 years.

General and administrative costs

General and administrative costs increased 67% to $4.1 million for 1998, from
$2.5 million for the same period in 1997. The increased costs are mainly due to
an increase in payroll, servicing, legal, advertising, travel costs, and the
acquisition of Eastern Resorts. The increase of $0.4 million in payroll-related
cost was primarily due to a reduction in payroll costs that were allocated to
BFG or other affiliates of Equivest during the three months ended December 31,
1997.


                                                                              53
<PAGE>

Provision for income taxes

The provision for income taxes for 1998 increased 1,594% to $3.3 million from
$0.2 million for the same period in 1997. The current portion of the provision
relates to currently payable federal and state income taxes. The current-period
tax provision reflects the benefit of the availability of net operating loss
carryforwards of approximately $675,000 in 1998, which will decrease the
Company's federal income tax liability for 1998. The provision for income taxes
for 1997 reflects utilization of $1.4 million net operating loss carryforwards.
As of December 31, 1998, the Company had no further net operating loss
carryforwards available to offset its federal income tax liability.


                                                                              54
<PAGE>

Liquidity and Capital Resources

      The Company's business requires continuous access to short- and long-term
sources of debt financing. The Company's principal cash requirements arise from
its lending activities, the funding of timeshare construction, sales and
marketing, debt service payments and operating expenses. The Company's primary
sources of liquidity are borrowings under secured lines of credit and cash flow
from operations. In the future, the Company expects to raise additional capital
through increasing its borrowing from financial institutions and issuing debt,
equity or asset-backed securities in the capital markets.

      The amounts of the A&D Line and the Consumer Receivables Line were
adjusted due to the financing of the Eastern Resorts acquisition. Prior to this
transaction, the Company had made both an A&D Loan and a Hypothecation Loan to
Eastern Resorts, using funds made available to it through the 1997 Credit
Facility. At the closing of the Eastern Resorts acquisition, the Company repaid
all amounts outstanding under the 1997 Credit Facility which pertained to the
loans the Company had made to Eastern Resorts. Simultaneously, CSFBMC made the
Long Wharf Resort Loan to the Company in a total amount of approximately $9.7
million. The amount available to the Company to borrow under the 1997 Credit
Facility was decreased by a corresponding sum, which included a $6.0 million
decrease in the A&D Line, and a $3.6 million decrease in the Consumer
Receivables Line. The Company's obligations under the 1997 Credit Facility are
secured by the collateral assignment to CSFBMC of the security the Company
obtains from its borrowers. Such security consists of mortgages on the resort
properties financed by the Company as well as pledges of consumer receivables.
The 1997 Credit Facility contains covenants which specify maintenance of minimum
collateralization, default rates with respect to pledged receivables, as well as
tangible and overall net worth requirements.

      On August 25, 1998, the Company also borrowed approximately $12.1 million
under the Bridge Loan in order to finance the cash portion of the purchase price
for Eastern Resorts. As of December 31, 1998, the unpaid balance of the Bridge
Loan was approximately $3.1 million. The Bridge Loan and the Long Wharf Resort
Loan, originally due on December 11, 1998 were amended to mature on June 11,
1999. In connection with the extension, the Company gave up its option to extend
the draw-down period for an additional year under the 1997 Credit Facility. The
Company also agreed to repay at least $500,000 monthly of the aggregate
outstanding loan balances under the Bridge Loan and the Long Wharf Facility.

      Currently the Company is in process of completing the proposed transaction
with the KGI. As part of this transaction, CSFBMC is expected to provide certain
adjustments to the existing A&D Line and the Consumer Receivable Line that will
allow additional collateral to be placed into the facility. This collateral
includes Consumer Loans generated by the Company, as well as collateral
purchased out of the KGI Acquisition. Based on the loan growth of the Company,
it expects that both of the CSFBMC facilities will be fully drawn during the
second quarter of 1999, and thus it will be imperative for the Company to secure
additional forms of financing.

      In September 1996, the Trustee submitted a motion pursuant to Federal Rule
of Bankruptcy Procedure 9019 for approval of the compromise and settlement of
the claims of certain lenders (the "Banks") against the Estate arising out of
certain lease-financing agreements pursuant to which the Banks made loans to the
Estate. The settlements, which were approved by the Bankruptcy Court, required
the Banks to make several new term loans to Resort Funding at favorable 0.5% to
4.0% interest rates (the "Settlement Loans"). The Settlement Loans have a


                                                                              55
<PAGE>

weighted average interest rate of 2.0% as of December 31, 1998. As of December
31, 1998, Resort Funding's total outstanding balance on the Settlement Loans was
approximately $23.4 million and the weighted average remaining maturity was 47
months. The Settlement Loans are non-callable and are collateralized in part by
notes receivable of the Company. Resort Funding is obligated to pay the Estate
an annual arrangement fee of 3% of the unpaid principal balance of the
Settlement Loans. Approximately $20 million of the proceeds of the Settlement
Loans was loaned to the Trustee to purchase the Banks' original loans to the
Estate. Resort Funding's loan to the Trustee bears interest at 10% per annum and
is nonrecourse to the Estate. The Trustee pledged certain lease payment
collateral to Resort Funding to secure the loan. As of December 31, 1998, the
Trustee had repaid all but $0.7 million on the note.

      In December 1996, Resort Funding received approval of a bond exchange
agreement with its public bondholders. The outstanding bond principal balance
and accrued and unpaid interest of approximately $3.4 million were exchanged for
unsecured promissory notes which bear interest at 8% per annum payable monthly.
In accordance with the terms of the unsecured notes, the Company repaid
noteholders representing approximately $1.6 million of the total outstanding
principal amount in accordance with the terms of the notes. The remaining
noteholders extended the maturity of their notes for periods ranging from three
months to 48 months.

      In February 1996, the Company issued 10,000 shares of the Series 2 Class A
Redeemable Preferred Stock, and 3,000 shares of the Series 2 Cumulative
Convertible Preferred Stock to BFG in exchange for all of the stock of Resort
Funding. As of December 31, 1998, the undeclared and unpaid dividends amounted
to $300,000.

      The Series 2 Class A Redeemable Preferred Stock dividends are cumulative
and payable quarterly when declared by the Company at the rate of $60.00 per
annum per share. At the Company's option, such dividends may be paid in common
stock, which has been the Company's practice. No dividends on the Company's
Common Stock can be paid until such Series 2 Class A Preferred Stock dividends
are paid in full. The holder of Series 2 Class A Redeemable Preferred Stock is
entitled to the number of votes which represents 20% of the total number of
votes of the Company. The Company may at its option any time after February 16,
2003, redeem the Series 2 Class A Redeemable Preferred Stock in whole or in part
at the $10.0 million liquidation value plus accrued and unpaid dividends. The
Trustee has obtained approval to convert the Series A Redeemable Preferred stock
into Common Stock, or to sell these shares for a price equal to an equivalent
number of shares of Common Stock at the net price of this Offering at the time
of the Offering.

      In October 1997, the board of directors of the Company approved an
amendment to the Company's Articles of Incorporation, which increased the number
of authorized shares of Common Stock to 50,000,000 shares. On November 24, 1997,
the Trustee received Bankruptcy Court approval for the conversion, effective
October 30, 1997, of approximately $25 million owed to BFG through intercompany
notes into 4,645,596 shares of Common Stock at a price of $5.375 per share. The
October 1997 increase in authorized shares of Common Stock also resulted in the
automatic conversion of the 3,000 shares of Series 2 Cumulative Convertible
Preferred Stock into 7,500,000 shares of Common Stock.

      The Company is seeking to replace the 1997 Credit Facility and to obtain
additional financing to support its current operations and planned growth.
Substantially all of its assets are pledged as collateral on existing loans.


                                                                              56
<PAGE>

Credit Quality and Allowances for Loan Losses

      The Company generally obtains security on all loans in its portfolio.
Purchased Receivables are secured by recourse claims against resort developers,
as well as by the obligation of the consumer and a pledge of the interval.
Nevertheless, a small percentage of the Company's receivables has historically
remained uncollectible.

      The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful receivables, or general
reserves, at levels which, in the opinion of management, provide adequately for
current and estimated future losses on existing receivables. Management
evaluates the adequacy of the allowance on a quarterly basis by examining past
loss experience, current delinquencies, known and inherent risks in the
portfolio, adverse conditions that could affect the borrower's ability to repay,
the estimated value of the underlying collateral, and general economic
conditions and trends. Management also evaluates the extent to which specific
developer reserves and guarantees can be expected to absorb loan losses. Each
quarter, a provision for loan losses is recorded in an amount deemed sufficient
by management to maintain the allowance at adequate levels. The allowance for
doubtful receivables increased to $3.8 million as of December 31, 1998 compared
to $3.2 million as of December 31, 1997, as adjusted on a pro forma basis to
include $.8 million recorded by Eastern Resorts as an allowance for loan losses
as of December 31, 1997. The allowance ratio (the allowance for doubtful
receivables divided by the amount of the total portfolio of loans) as of
December 31, 1998 increased slightly to 2.4% from 2.1% at December 31, 1997 (as
adjusted on a pro forma basis). Receivables are charged against the allowance
when management believes that collectibility is unlikely. Because of
uncertainties in the estimation process, management's estimate of loan losses
inherent in the loan portfolio and related allowance may change unexpectedly and
may prove erroneous.

      When the Company purchases consumer receivables from resort developers, it
establishes reserves to protect the Company from potential losses associated
with such receivables, in addition to obtaining recourse against developers. The
Company holds back 10% to 15% of the purchase price of Purchased Receivables as
a reserve to cover consumer defaults, in case the developer should be unable to
meet its obligation to repurchase any receivable. The Company negotiates the
amount of these specific reserves with developers based upon various criteria,
two of which are the financial strength of the developer and the credit risk
associated with the receivables being purchased. Specific reserves amounted to
$18.4 million, or 19.3% of the Company's balance of Purchased Receivables, as of
December 31, 1998, compared to $17.3 million, or 19.0% of Purchased Receivables,
as of December 31, 1997.

      In the event a consumer defaults on its obligations, the Company may
require the developer to repurchase the defaulted consumer receivable at an
amount equal to the present value of the unpaid principal and interest on the
note, net of the reserve held by the Company. Typically, the developer then has
the option to replace the defaulted consumer receivable with another of equal or
greater value or remit payment to the Company.

      In the case of Hypothecation Loans, the Company typically advances to the
developer, at any given time, only 85% to 90% of the value of the receivables
pledged as collateral on the loan. Hypothecation Loans are generally
over-collateralized by at least 10% of the loan principal amount. At December
31, 1998, the Company's Hypothecation Loans had total overcollateralization of
approximately $3.6 million.


                                                                              57
<PAGE>

Impact of Year 2000 on Computer Systems

      The software and embedded microchips in certain computer systems identify
dates only by the last two digits of a year. For example, 1999 would be coded as
"99," 1998 as "98" and so on. The Year 2000 problem arises from the inability of
certain software programs and microchips to distinguish between dates in the
year 2000 and dates in the year 1900. As a result, a date entered "00" may be
read as 1900 instead of 2000. If uncorrected, functions using these systems
would not work properly in the year 2000. Problems which may occur as a result
of uncorrected software programs or microchips include system failures,
miscalculations or errors causing disruptions of operations.

      Beginning in 1997, the Company undertook to assess its Year 2000 readiness
by identifying those computer systems used by the Company which may not be Year
2000 compliant. The Company has also begun to assess the Year 2000 readiness of
other entities with whom it has a material relationship.

Risks

      Resort Funding. Resort Funding relies more on information systems for
servicing its loans than for any other individual function.

      The computer software and hardware platform for Resort Funding's loan
servicing program is owned by TPC. The platform is not yet Year 2000 compliant.
The Company has been working closely with TPC's programmers and management
information systems personnel to monitor TPC's progress in modifying its
systems. The Company understands that as of December 31, 1998, TPC's remediation
efforts were 25% complete, and that approximately 20% of the platform had been
satisfactorily tested. The Company is advised that TPC anticipates completing
its remediation program and testing all systems by June 1999. However, there can
be no assurance that TPC's software and hardware platform will be Year 2000
compliant by December 31, 1999. There also can be no assurance that TPC will
continue to make the servicing platform available to the Company though such
platform is available for purchase from the Estate. There is no assurance that
the Company will elect to acquire the servicing platform from TPC, or that if it
seeks to do so that it will be successful. The Company has previously used
unaffiliated third parties on occasion to perform its loan servicing.
Consequently, the Company believes it will be able to make arrangements with a
third-party to perform such services if necessary, but such arrangements are
currently not in place. As a contingency, the Company expects to identify
potential parties to perform its loan servicing by the end of the second quarter
of 1999 in the event that, in the Company's view, TPC's remediation efforts have
not progressed sufficiently to ensure timely Year 2000 compliance.

      Resort Funding's own computer systems consist primarily of networked
personal computers ("PCs") used for accounting and word processing, which Resort
Funding recently acquired in the ordinary course of business. Resort Funding's
PCs and the software they use are substantially Year 2000 compliant.

      Eastern Resorts. Eastern Resorts uses a third-party database server as its
primary software system for resort reservations, timeshare sales, and
homeowners' association receivables. The version of the software used by Eastern
Resorts is not Year 2000 compliant. However, an updated version of the system is
currently available at no cost. The updated version is Year 2000 compliant.
Eastern Resorts expects to have the upgraded version installed and tested by the
end


                                                                              58
<PAGE>

of April 1999. The minimum system requirements for the upgraded software are
such that Eastern Resorts also anticipates replacing much of its existing
hardware and software in the ordinary course of business, which is not expected
to involve a material cost. Any such replacements will be Year 2000 compliant.

      The computer systems used by Eastern Resorts for word processing are not
Year 2000 compliant. Eastern Resorts expects to have all systems corrected,
tested and functional, or otherwise replaced in the ordinary course of business,
by June 1999. The Company does not anticipate that the cost of any corrections
or replacements will be material. However, there can be no assurance that the
actual cost to make such corrections or acquire replacements will not exceed the
Company's expectations, which may have an adverse effect on the Company's
financial performance.

      Third Parties. The Company's Year 2000 compliance program also includes
assessing the readiness of the Company's lenders, borrowers, major vendors,
suppliers and any other third parties with whom the Company has significant
dealings, who may be impacted by the Year 2000 problem. The extent to which such
parties have not modified their systems to address the Year 2000 issues may have
a significant, adverse impact on the operations or financial performance of the
Company. The Company has initiated contact with such third parties in order to
determine whether their systems are Year 2000 compliant and, if not, what steps
they have taken to address the problem. The Company has not yet received
sufficient confirmation from all of these parties in order to assess the
likelihood that all such parties will achieve Year 2000 compliance. If the
Company determines that a response to an inquiry is either insufficient or
otherwise indicated that the third-party will not achieve Year 2000 compliance,
the Company may follow up with personal contact with the third-party and, if
necessary, an on-site audit or testing of such party's systems. The Company
anticipates finalizing its assessment of third parties' Year 2000 readiness by
the second quarter of 1999. At that time, the Company will determine whether to
implement contingency plans to replace or supplement the services currently
provided by third parties. There can be no assurance that such third parties,
including borrowers, will be able to timely correct their Year 2000 problems,
and the failure to do so could have a material adverse effect on the Company's
results of operations, financial condition and liquidity.

Cost

      Since Resort Funding utilizes the computer software and hardware platform
of a third-party, the cost to the Company for addressing and correcting Year
2000 issues has not been material. As of December 31, 1998, the Company
estimates that it has spent $25,000 on Year 2000 remediation. Management does
not anticipate that the Company will incur any significant additional expense in
correcting its systems. However, there can be no assurance that the Company's
expenditures will not exceed its estimates. In the event that the Company is
forced to identify and contract with parties to replace existing suppliers and
vendors, such as TPC, the cost of such replacement may have a material adverse
effect on the Company's financial condition and results. Further, if the Company
is unable to perform on its contractual obligations to its lenders and borrowers
as a result of its own or an important third-party's failure to achieve Year
2000 compliance, the potential cost and liability for such failure may have a
material adverse effect on the Company's results of operations, financial
condition and liquidity.

Inflation

      Inflation has not had a material impact on the Company's revenues,
operating income and net income during any of the Company's three most recent
years. However, to the extent


                                                                              59
<PAGE>

inflationary pressures affect short-term interest rates, a significant portion
of the Company's debt service costs may be affected, as may be the interest
rates the Company charges to its customers (both customers and developers).

Item 7. Financial Statements

      The information required by Item 7 appears in Annex A to this report,
which follows the signature page.

Item 8. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and
Financial Disclosure

      Not applicable.


                                                                              60
<PAGE>

PART III

Item 9. Directors, Executive Officers, Promoters & Control Persons; Compliance
with Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act.

      On October 2, 1997, Thomas J. Hamel, as sole director of the Company,
appointed Richard C. Breeden, George W. Carmany III and John R. Petty to the
Board of Directors for the Company, and Richard C. Breeden was elected by the
Board of Directors to serve as Chairman of the Board. R. Perry Harris was
appointed to the Board of Directors in August 1998 as part of the Eastern
Resorts acquisition. Each of the directors was reelected by shareholders at the
Company's annual meeting on December 8, 1998. The Directors of the Company are
as follows:

      Name                         Age     Principal Occupation
      ----                         ---     --------------------
      Richard C. Breeden           49      President, Chairman of the Board of
                                           Directors and Chief Executive Officer
                                           Trustee, Bennett Funding Group,
                                           Inc.
      Thomas J. Hamel              40      President & Chief Operating Officer,
                                           Resort Funding, Inc.
      R. Perry Harris              59      President and Chief Executive
                                           Officer, Eastern Resorts
      George W. Carmany III        58      President of The G.W. Carmany Co.,
                                           Inc.
      John R. Petty                68      Chairman, Federal National Payables
                                           Inc. and TECSEC, Inc.

      Richard C. Breeden has been Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief
Executive Officer of the Company since October 1997, and since October 1998, Mr.
Breeden has served as President of the Company. Mr. Breeden has also been
President and CEO of Richard C. Breeden & Co., Inc., in Greenwich, Connecticut,
and Trustee for the Estate since 1996. An honors graduate of Stanford University
and the Harvard Law School, Mr. Breeden practiced law in New York City
specializing in corporate finance following law school. Mr. Breeden served in
the White House as a senior economics and financial advisor to President George
Bush, where he was one of the principal architects of the government's program
to restructure the savings and loan industry and to create the Resolution Trust
Corporation. From 1989-1993 he served as Chairman of the U.S. Securities and
Exchange Commission, following appointment by President George Bush and
unanimous confirmation by the U.S. Senate. During a portion of this time Mr.
Breeden also served as President of the International Organization of Securities
Commissions, and of its standards-setting body for global markets. From
1993-1996, Mr. Breeden served as Chairman of the worldwide financial services
practice of Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P., and was a consultant on risk management
systems, internal controls and international capital markets. Mr. Breeden has
served on numerous boards and commissions, including the North American Advisory
Board of Daimler-Benz A.G., The Philadelphia Stock Exchange, Inc., W.P. Stewart
& Co., Ltd., the German-American Chamber of Commerce, and advisory commissions
on capital markets in Italy, China and Russia. Mr. Breeden has served as a
director of the Company in his capacity as Trustee and the representative of the
Estate.


                                                                              61
<PAGE>

      Thomas J. Hamel has been a director and Executive Vice President of the
Company since October 1998. Mr. Hamel also served as a director and as President
and Chief Operating Officer of Equivest from October 1997 through October 1998.
Mr. Hamel is also the President and Chief Operating Officer of Resort Funding
and has held those positions since November 1996. From 1992 through October
1996, Mr. Hamel served as Executive Vice-President of Resort Funding and was
responsible for business development. He is a trustee of ARDA and serves as a
member of the Finance Committee. Mr. Hamel is a graduate of LeMoyne College.

      R. Perry Harris currently serves as Executive Vice President and director
of the Company. Mr. Harris founded Eastern Resorts, a wholly owned subsidiary of
the Company, in 1981. A graduate of the University of Massachusetts, Mr. Harris
began his career at Digital Equipment Corporation. Mr. Harris founded First Data
Corporation in 1970 and served as a director and its President until 1977. Mr.
Harris has spent the last 16 years as the Chief Executive Officer of Eastern
Resorts. He is a trustee of, and a Registered Professional within, ARDA. Mr.
Harris is also a past chairman of ARDA New England.

      George W. Carmany III has been a director of the Company since October
1997, has served as Chairman of the compensation committee of the Board of
Directors (the "Compensation Committee") since October 1997, and is a member of
the audit committee of the Board of Directors (the "Audit Committee"). Since
1995, Mr. Carmany has served as President of The G.W. Carmany Co., Inc. in
Boston, Massachusetts, which provides consulting advices to, and invests in,
small companies. A graduate of Amherst College, Mr. Carmany began his business
career with Bankers Trust Company as an officer in its International Banking
Department in New York, and later as Executive Director of its merchant banking
subsidiary in Australia. From 1975 to 1995 he served in a variety of senior
positions with American Express Company, including Senior Vice President,
Corporate Strategic Planning. At American Express Bank, Mr. Carmany served as
Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Administrative Officer before joining
American Express' subsidiary The Boston Company as Senior Executive Vice
President, Treasurer and Director, a position he held until the sale of that
company to Mellon Bank Corporation. Mr. Carmany subsequently served as Chairman
of the Olympia and York Noteholder's Steering Committee. Mr. Carmany is the
former Chairman of the New England Medical Center, Inc., and since 1997 has
served as Vice Chairman of Lifespan Inc., a regional healthcare system based in
Providence, Rhode Island, and as a director or trustee of numerous
organizations, including Ekco Group, Inc., Bentley College, the U.S.S.
Constitution Museum and The South Street Seaport Museum. Mr. Carmany's family
owned and operated resort hotels in various locations in the United States.

      John R. Petty has been a director of the Company since October 1997, has
served as Chairman of the Audit Committee since October 1997 and is a member of
the Compensation Committee. Mr. Petty was formerly the Chairman and Chief
Executive Officer of Marine Midland Bank, and is currently Chairman of Federal
National Payables, Inc., Bethesda, Maryland. Since 1997, Mr. Petty has served as
Chairman of TECSEC, Inc., Vienna, Virginia. Following his graduation from Brown
University and a tour in the US Navy, Mr. Petty joined the Chase Manhattan Bank,
where he worked until serving in the U.S. Treasury Department from 1966 - 1972,
primarily as Assistant Secretary of the Treasury for International Affairs.
After five years as a partner of Lehman Brothers, Mr. Petty joined Marine
Midland, serving as President and/or Chairman and CEO from 1976 - 1988. Since
retiring from Marine Midland, Mr. Petty has pursued a variety of interests
including serving as Chairman of the Nippon Credit Trust Company from 1993 to
1998. He has formed and managed finance companies and is a principal in high
technology ventures. Mr. Petty has served as a director of numerous public
companies, including Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation, RCA, NBC,
Hercules, Inc., Anixter International


                                                                              62
<PAGE>

Corporation, ANTEC Corporation and others. He is a trustee of American
University, a member of the Council on Foreign Relations and of the
Inter-American Dialogue and President of the Foreign Bondholders Protective
Council.

      On October 29, 1998, the Board of Directors of the Company appointed the
following officers of the Company:

      Name                       Age      Title
      ----                       ---      -----
      Richard C. Breeden         49       Chief Executive Officer and President
      Thomas J. Hamel            40       Executive Vice President
      R. Perry Harris            59       Executive Vice President
      Gerald L. Klaben, Jr.      35       Chief Financial Officer and Senior
                                          Vice-President
      James A. Mercurio          38       Senior Vice-President and Treasurer
      Richard G. Winkler         42       Senior Vice-President
      James R. Petrie            35       Controller
      Eric C. Cotton             34       Secretary and General Counsel

      Richard C. Breeden has been Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief
Executive Officer of the Company since October 1997, and since October 1998, Mr.
Breeden has served as President of the Company.

      Thomas J. Hamel has been a director and Executive Vice President of the
Company since October 1998. Mr. Hamel also served as a director and as President
and Chief Operating Officer of Equivest from October 1997 through October 1998.

      R. Perry Harris currently serves as Executive Vice President and director
of the Company.

      Gerald L. Klaben, Jr. currently serves as Chief Financial Officer and
Senior Vice President of the Company. Mr. Klaben also served as Executive Vice
President and Treasurer of Equivest from October 1997 through October 1998. Mr.
Klaben is also the Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of
Resort Funding and has held those positions since July 1996. From November 1989
through July 1996, he served as a financial officer of the Pyramid Companies,
one of the largest developers of shopping malls in the Northeastern United
States.

      James R. Petrie has been Controller of the Company since October 1997 and
Controller of Resort Funding since September 1996. From June 1992 to September
1996, he served in various accounting and financial capacities for the Pyramid
Companies.

      Eric C. Cotton has been Secretary and General Counsel of the Company since
October 1997 and General Counsel of Resort Funding since June 1997. From July
1990 through June 1997, he served as Assistant General Counsel of the Pyramid
Companies.

      James A. Mercurio has been Senior Vice President and Treasurer of the
Company since October 1998. Mr. Mercurio also serves as Vice President,
Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer of Eastern Resorts, a position he has held
since 1994 and has served as controller since 1987. From 1984 through 1987, Mr.
Mercurio served as controller of a large regional developer and manager of
apartment complexes and from 1981 through 1984, he was in the audit and tax


                                                                              63
<PAGE>

departments of the then Peat, Marwick, Mitchell & Co. where he became licensed
as a Certified Public Accountant in 1983.

      Richard G. Winkler has been Senior Vice President of the Company since
October 1998. Mr. Winkler also serves as Senior Vice President, Chief Operating
Officer and General Counsel of Eastern Resorts Company, a position he has held
since October of 1998. Mr. Winkler has been General Counsel to Eastern Resorts
and its predecessor, Inn Group Associates, since 1983 and, since 1994, a Vice
President of Eastern Resorts.

      The Board of Directors established an audit committee and compensation
committee on October 29, 1997. The Company does not have a nominating committee.
During the twelve months ended December 31, 1998, the Company's Board of
Directors met six times.

      All directors of the Company will hold office until the next annual
stockholders' meeting and until the election and qualification of their
successors. Officers hold their respective positions until they resign or are
removed by the Board of Directors.


                                                                              64
<PAGE>

Item 10. Executive Compensation

      The table below provides information concerning compensation paid by the
Company for the fiscal years ended 1998, 1997, and 1996 to each executive
officer of the Company.

                           SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                              Long-term Compensation
                    Annual Compensation                                            Awards Payouts
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                        (e)           (f)
        (a)                                        Other Annual   Restricted        (g)         (h)         (i)
 Name & Principal     (b)       (c)        (d)     Compensation      Stock       Number of    LTIP       All other
     Position         Year    Salary      Bonus         (1)         Awards        Options     Payouts  Compensation
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                   <C>    <C>         <C>            <C>           <C>         <C>           <C>         <C>
Richard C. Breeden    1998      -0-        -0-          -0-           -0-           -0-         -0-         -0-
Chairman, CEO (3)     1997      -0-        -0-          -0-           -0-           -0-(2)      -0-         -0-
                      1996      -0-        -0-          -0-           -0-           -0-         -0-         -0-

Thomas J. Hamel       1998   $223,159    $80,000        -0-           -0-           -0-         -0-         -0-
Executive             1997   $227,463    $80,000        -0-           -0-         300,000       -0-         -0-
Vice-President        1996   $217,958      -0-          -0-           -0-           -0-         -0-         -0-

Gerald L. Klaben,     1998   $152,834    $50,000        -0-           -0-           -0-         -0-         -0-
Jr.
CFO, Senior           1997   $149,819    $25,000        -0-           -0-         75,000        -0-         -0-
Vice-President        1996    $58,385      -0-          -0-           -0-           -0-         -0-         -0-

R. Perry Harris       1998   $101,387      -0-          -0-           -0-           -0-         -0-         -0-
Executive V.P.

Richard G. Winkler    1998    $45,485      -0-          -0-           -0-         37,500        -0-         -0-
Senior V.P.

James A. Mercurio     1998    $36,900      -0-          -0-           -0-         37,500        -0-         -0-
Senior V.P.,
Treasurer
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

      (1)   Does not include reimbursements for out-of-pocket expenses incurred
            on behalf of the Company or amounts charged to a loan account.
      (2)   The Estate is the beneficial holder of 200,000 stock options issued
            in the name of Mr. Breeden as Trustee.
      (3)   Mr. Breeden does not receive any compensation from the Company. He
            is entitled to reasonable reimbursement of out-of-pocket expenses
            relating to the Company's business activities.

                        COMMON STOCK OPTION GRANTS - 1998

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
        (a)                   (b)               (c)             (d)                  (e)               (f)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                           Number of            % of        Exercise or
                            Options            Total         Base Price           Expiration       Grant Date
       Name                 Granted           Options         ($/share)              Date            Value(1)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                          <C>                <C>             <C>                <C>                <C>   
Richard G. Winkler           37,500             3.7%            $4.31              10/21/08           23,625
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
James A. Mercurio            37,500             3.7%            $4.31              10/21/08           23,625
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

      (1)   The fair value of each option grant is estimated on the date of
            grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the
            following weighted average assumptions used for grants in 1998 -
            dividend yield of -0-%, expected volatility of 0.90%, risk-free
            interest rates of 3.92%, and expected life of 4 years.

      Resort Funding formed a Profit Sharing and 401(k) pension plan (the
"Plan") for its employees on January 1, 1997. The Plan qualifies under Internal
Revenue Code section 401(a)


                                                                              65
<PAGE>

and the eligibility and contribution requirements are not more favorable for
highly compensated employees than for other employees. Employees are allowed to
contribute from 1% to 15% of their annual compensation. The Plan provides that
on an annual basis, Resort Funding may provide matching contributions based upon
the employee contributions and is also able to make a voluntary profit sharing
contribution on behalf of each employee which will be allocated based upon the
employee's compensation. For 1998, Resort Funding provided matching funds for
the first 4% contributed by each employee.

      Eastern Resorts formed a 401(k) plan for its employees on June 1, 1995.
Employees are allowed to contribute up to 15% of their gross annual income.
Eastern Resorts matches $.15 for every dollar contributed by employees from 5%to
10% of pay.

      On October 29, 1997, the Company's board of directors approved the
Company's 1997 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the "LTIP"), which became effective as
of December 31, 1997. According to the terms of the LTIP, key employees and
directors of the Company may be granted stock options for shares of the
Company's common stock. The LTIP is administered by the compensation committee
(the "Compensation Committee") of the Company's board of directors. At the
Company's annual meeting on December 8, 1998, the Company's shareholders
approved an amendment to the LTIP which increased the shares available from
1,600,000 to 3,500,000 and the number of shares to be granted in any year from
400,000 to 1,000,000.The term of the LTIP is 10 years, but the Company's board
of directors may discontinue the LTIP in its discretion.

Employment and Consulting Agreements

      Richard C. Breeden. Mr. Breeden and the Company have reached an agreement
on the terms of his employment with the Company, subject to entering into a
definitive written contract prior to the date of the Offering. The parties
intend that the term of the agreement will commence upon the effective date of
the Offering, subject to the Estate being able to sell all of its shares of
Common Stock in the Offering, and would continue for a term of three years,
subject to automatic one-year extensions unless either party elects in writing
not to extend the term. Under the terms of the agreement, Mr. Breeden would
serve as the Chief Executive Officer of the Company. The agreement will provide
for a base salary of $410,000, which amount will be increased annually to
reflect changes in the consumer price index in the New York metropolitan area.
In addition, for each calendar year ending during the term of the agreement, Mr.
Breeden would be eligible to earn a cash target bonus amount of 75% of his
annual rate of base salary in effect for such year, subject to the achievement
of specified performance targets approved by the Compensation Committee. If the
Company achieves less than 80% of its target for any given year, Mr. Breeden
will not receive a cash bonus for such year. On the other hand, if the Company
exceeds its target for a given year, Mr. Breeden's cash bonus would increase in
proportion with such excess. In no event, however, will the Company be obligated
to pay Mr. Breeden a cash bonus for any calendar year in excess of 125% of the
target bonus amount for such year. The agreement will also provide Mr. Breeden
with welfare and fringe benefits on the same terms as other executive officers
of the Company and reimbursement of certain expenses related to the negotiation
of the agreement.

      Under the terms of the agreement, Mr. Breeden will be granted, on the date
of the Offering, a stock option covering 1,000,000 shares of the Common Stock of
the Company at an exercise price equal to the Offering price. The option will
vest in three equal annual installments subject to accelerated vesting in the
event of a change in control of the Company. In addition, on the first
anniversary of the Offering, the Company will grant Mr. Breeden 125,000
restricted shares if either (i) the closing price of a share of Common Stock
exceeds the Offering price by


                                                                              66
<PAGE>

30% or more on at least 40 trading days during the 12-month period ending on
such anniversary date or (ii) the average price of the Common Stock over a
specified measurement period has exceeded the NASDAQ Composite Index by at least
15% and the stock has appreciated by at least 20% over the Offering price during
such measurement period. In lieu of the above, on the first anniversary of the
Offering, the Company will grant Mr. Breeden 250,000 restricted shares if either
(i) the closing price of a share of Common Stock exceeds the Offering price by
60% or more on at least 40 trading days during the 12-month period ending on
such anniversary date or (ii) the average price of the Common Stock over a
specified measurement period has exceeded the NASDAQ Composite Index by at least
30% and the stock has appreciated by at least 20% over the Offering price during
such measurement period.

      In addition, on the second anniversary of the Offering, the Company will
grant Mr. Breeden 125,000 restricted shares if either (i) the closing price of a
share of Common Stock exceeds the Offering price by 60% or more on at least 40
trading days during the 12-month period ending on such anniversary date or (ii)
the average price of the Common Stock over a specified measurement period has
exceeded the NASDAQ Composite Index by at least 30% and the stock has
appreciated by at least 35% over the Offering price during such measurement
period. In lieu of the above, on the second anniversary of the Offering, the
Company will grant Mr. Breeden 250,000 restricted shares if either (i) the
closing price of a share of Common Stock exceeds the Offering price by 100% or
more on at least 40 trading days during the 12-month period ending on such
anniversary date or (ii) the average price of the Common Stock over a specified
measurement period has exceeded the NASDAQ Composite Index by at least 60% and
the stock has appreciated by at least 35% over the Offering price during such
measurement period. Restricted shares will vest ratably over a 3-year period
following the date of grant. Vesting will be accelerated upon a change in
control, upon the attainment of specified targets for earnings per share or upon
Mr. Breeden's termination of employment by reason of his death, disability,
resignation for "good reason," non-renewal of the employment term by the Company
or termination of employment by the Company other than for "cause."

      Under the proposed agreement, Mr. Breeden would be prohibited from
disclosing the Company's confidential information and trade secrets at any time,
whether during or after his employment. In addition, during his employment and
for two years thereafter, Mr. Breeden would be subject to "non-compete" and
"non-solicitation" provisions. In the event that, prior to the termination of
the agreement, Mr. Breeden is terminated without "cause" or resigns for "good
reason" (as described below), he will be entitled to receive (i) his base salary
in regular payment installments for the remainder of the employment term (as
then in effect) and (ii) a pro rata cash bonus based on the actual performance
of the Company for the full calendar year in which the termination or
resignation occurs. If, however, Mr. Breeden violates the confidentiality,
non-compete and non-solicitation provisions, he will not be entitled to any
payment or benefits upon his termination or resignation.

      R. Perry Harris. The Company entered into an employment agreement with R.
Perry Harris on August 24, 1998, pursuant to which he is serving as Eastern
Resorts' Chief Executive Officer for a five-year term and thereafter for
successive one-year renewal terms unless either party elects not to renew the
agreement pursuant to the terms set forth therein. The Company agrees to use all
reasonable efforts to have Mr. Harris elected to the Board of Directors of
Equivest. The agreement provides for an annual base salary of $300,000 during
the first year, increased annually at the discretion of the Board of Directors
of Eastern Resorts (but not less than the percentage increase in the urban
consumer price index). The agreement also provides for an annual bonus of
40%-60% of the Base Salary (the "Target Annual Bonus") and the terms of payment
of this bonus are outlined in the agreement. Equivest is a party to the
agreement solely


                                                                              67
<PAGE>

for the purpose of (i) the issuance of Options to Mr. Harris covering (1) 30,000
Option Shares if Equivest reaches at least 100%, but less than 125%, of the
"Pre-Tax Profit Target" (as defined in this agreement) for any fiscal year, and
(2) 60,000 Option Shares if Equivest equals or exceeds 125% of the Pre-Tax
Profit Target for a fiscal year; (ii) taking related actions intended to
facilitate issuance of the Common Stock; (iii) seeking the opinion of the Board
of Directors of Equivest as to the level of pre-tax profits of Equivest; and
(iv) guaranteeing the performance by Eastern Resorts of all of its obligations
under the agreement. The agreement provides that Options granted will have an
exercise price of the fair market value of the Option Shares on the date of
grant of such Options and will expire on the tenth anniversary from their date
of grant. The Options granted will vest and become exercisable at a rate of 20%
per year for a five-year period but will immediately expire upon the termination
of Mr. Harris' employment unless Mr. Harris resigns for "Good Reason" (as
defined in the agreement) or his employment terminates for "Cause" (as defined
in his agreement), in which case Mr. Harris will become immediately vested and
will retain the right to exercise all outstanding Options for one year from the
date of such termination.

      In addition, the agreement provides Mr. Harris with employee benefits on
the same terms as those available to senior executive officers of Eastern
Resorts. Under the agreement, the Company may terminate Mr. Harris' employment
at any time for any reason, and Mr. Harris may terminate his employment for any
reason upon 90 days' prior written notice to Eastern Resorts. If prior to the
agreement termination date then in effect, Mr. Harris resigns for Good Reason or
is terminated by Eastern Resorts for any reason other than for Cause, then Mr.
Harris (provided he executes a release) will be entitled to receive (i) a cash
severance amount equal to 100% of the remaining then-current base salary until
the end of the employment period as then in effect; (ii) the Target Annual Bonus
due for any completed fiscal year that ended prior to the date of termination;
(iii) a pro rata Target Annual Bonus where Mr. Harris' employment is terminated
after June 30th of a fiscal year in which it is subsequently determined that the
applicable Pre-Tax Profit Target has been met; (iv) the immediate vesting of all
outstanding Options; (v) continuation in all employee benefits on the same terms
as those available to senior executive officers of Eastern Resorts until the
earlier of the expiration of the remaining term of the employment period or
until Mr. Harris becomes eligible for coverage under comparable plans of a
subsequent employer; (vi) earned but unpaid base salary through the date of
termination; and (vii) any unreimbursed business expenses and all payments,
rights and benefits due under the terms of Eastern Resorts' employee and fringe
benefit plans. Notwithstanding this, the Company will have the right to
terminate Mr. Harris' employment agreement where pre-tax profits of Eastern
Resorts fall below 75% of the Pre-Tax Profit Target for fiscal year 2000 or 2001
and Mr. Harris will only be entitled to the benefits had his employment
terminated for Cause or other than Good Reason, that is (i) earned but unpaid
base salary through the date of termination; (ii) earned but unpaid Target
Annual Bonus for any completed fiscal year that ended prior to the date of
termination; and (iii) any unreimbursed business expenses.

      Mr. Harris has agreed to preserve the confidentiality of information
regarding Eastern Resorts. Mr. Harris has also agreed to preserve the
non-compete and non-solicitation covenants detailed in his employment agreement
for a maximum period of seven years with certain geographical limitations
outlined in his employment agreement. A breach of such non-compete and
non-solicitation covenants by either Mr. Harris or by Mr. Harris' wife, Karen
Harris, will be treated as a breach of the agreement by Mr. Harris and Eastern
Resorts will be entitled to equitable relief and all severance payments
otherwise payable to Mr. Harris and discussed above, will cease. In the event of
any controversy or claim arising out of, or relating to the agreement, the
losing party will bear the cost of all reasonable attorney fees and expenses of
both parties.


                                                                              68
<PAGE>

      Thomas J. Hamel. Resort Funding entered into an employment agreement with
Thomas Hamel on May 29, 1997 pursuant to which he is serving as Resort Funding's
President and Chief Operating Officer for a three-year term and thereafter for
successive one-year renewal terms unless either party elects not to renew the
agreement, pursuant to the terms set forth therein. The agreement provides for
an annual base salary of $220,000 during the first year, increased annually at
the discretion of the Board of Directors of Resort Funding (but not less than
the percentage increase in the urban consumer price index). The agreement also
provides for a bonus of $80,000 in 1997, and a bonus each year thereafter based
on performance measures agreed to by the parties (but not less than $80,000).
The Trustee is a party to the agreement solely for the purpose of agreeing (i)
to recommend to the Board of Directors of the Company the issuance of stock
options ("Options") to Mr. Hamel covering 300,000 shares of Common Stock of the
Company (the "Option Shares").; (ii) to take related actions intended to
facilitate issuance of the Option Shares; and (iii) to seek the opinion of the
Board of Directors of Resort Funding as to the level and nature of stock
incentives that should be provided to Mr. Hamel thereafter (for the years after
1997, the agreement provides that Mr. Hamel's total compensation should include
an incentive component). The agreement provides that the Options (i) shall have
an exercise price of $1.00 per share; (ii) shall expire on the fifth anniversary
of the date of grant; (iii) shall vest as to 150,000 Option Shares 18 months
following the date of the agreement and, as to the remaining 150,000 Option
Shares, on the third anniversary of the agreement (provided Mr. Hamel is
employed by Resort Funding on each such date); and (iv) shall expire 60 days
after Mr. Hamel's employment terminates (if Mr. Hamel's employment terminates
after the vesting of such Options but before the exercise thereof). Mr. Hamel
will be released from his obligations under the agreement if the issuance of
such Options is not approved by the Board of Directors of Resort Funding within
90 days after their initial meeting following reconstitution of such Board with
at least two duly elected members other than Mr. Hamel.

      In addition, the agreement provides Mr. Hamel with employee benefits on
the same terms as those available to senior executive officers of Resort
Funding. Resort Funding has also agreed to provide at least $600,000 of life
insurance for Mr. Hamel. Under the agreement, Resort Funding may terminate Mr.
Hamel's employment at any time for any reason, and Mr. Hamel may terminate his
employment for any reason at any time upon 90 days prior written notice. If,
prior to the agreement termination date then in effect, Mr. Hamel resigns for
"Good Reason" (as defined in the agreement) arising following a "Change of
Control" (as defined in the agreement), or is terminated by Resort Funding for
any reason other than for "Cause" (as defined in the agreement), then Mr. Hamel
(provided he executes a release) will be entitled to receive a cash severance
amount equal to 100% of the remaining then-current base salary and bonus due
through such agreement termination date (or due for the year of termination, if
the termination or resignation occurs subsequent to the third anniversary of the
agreement), plus the immediate vesting of all outstanding Options. "Change of
Control" is defined in the agreement so as to include the filing by Resort
Funding of a case under the Bankruptcy Code (other than a pre-packaged
bankruptcy filed on the motion of Mr. Breeden, in which it is proposed that the
agreement be continued), provided a bankruptcy trustee is appointed for Resort
Funding. In such event, prior to the filing of such case, Resort Funding agrees
to confess judgment in Mr. Hamel's favor in an amount equal to the outstanding
compensation then due under the agreement. Resort Funding also has agreed that
if it should entertain a formal offer for the acquisition of a controlling stake
of its voting shares or all or substantially all of its assets, then it will
inform Mr. Hamel of such offer and invite him to submit a competing offer.

      Mr. Hamel has agreed to preserve the confidentiality of information
regarding Resort Funding. Mr. Hamel has also agreed that, during the period
commencing on the date of the


                                                                              69
<PAGE>

agreement and ending on the date of the later of the third anniversary of the
date of the agreement or the date his employment terminates (or one year
following such later date if he terminates his employment without Good Reason
following the second anniversary of the date of the agreement), he will not
become employed by, consult with or otherwise become involved with any
"Prohibited Entity" (as defined in the agreement). During such period, Mr. Hamel
has further agreed not to employ any employee, agent or representative of Resort
Funding or its affiliates, or to seek to influence any such individual to
terminate his or her relationship with such entity. Such non-compete and
non-solicitation covenants will become void, however, if, prior to the third
anniversary of the agreement, the Trustee ceases to be a member of the Board of
Directors of Resort Funding other than by reason of his death, disability or
voluntary resignation. In such event, Mr. Hamel may terminate his employment
upon 90 days' notice, but will not be entitled to any severance payments. Resort
Funding also has agreed to indemnify Mr. Hamel if he incurs any liabilities as a
result of his affiliation with Resort Funding.

      Gerald L. Klaben, Jr. Resort Funding entered into an employment agreement
with Gerald Klaben on July 15, 1996 pursuant to which he is serving as Resort
Funding's Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer for a three-year
term and thereafter for successive one-year renewal terms unless either party
elects not to renew the agreement at least 90 days prior to the end of the
original term or any renewal term. The termination provisions of Mr. Klaben's
contract are substantially similar to those contained in Mr. Hamel's employment
agreement described above. The agreement, as amended in January, 1997, provides
for an annual base salary of $150,000 during the first year, increased annually
by the same percentage increase as the urban consumer price index. In addition,
the agreement provides for a bonus of $50,000 in 1997 and permits the board of
directors of Resort Funding to grant bonuses, incentive compensation and equity
participation based on Mr. Klaben's performance, and to provide other benefits
on the same terms as those available to senior executive officers of Resort
Funding. Mr. Klaben's contract also includes the granting of 75,000 shares of
Common Stock of the Company (the "Option Shares"). The terms of the Options for
Mr. Klaben, with the exception of number of shares, are substantially similar to
those set forth in Mr. Hamel's employment agreement. Resort Funding has also
agreed to provide at least $350,000 of life insurance for Mr. Klaben. Mr. Klaben
has agreed to preserve the confidentiality of information regarding Resort
Funding.


                                                                              70
<PAGE>

Item 11. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management

      The following table sets forth information as of December 31, 1998 on the
Company's voting securities with respect to the share ownership by management
and beneficial owners of more than 5% of the outstanding amount of such stock.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 Amount and
                                        Name and Address                    Nature of Beneficial       Percent
      Title of Class                    of Beneficial Owner (1)                 Ownership (2)          of Class
      --------------                    -----------------------                 -------------         ---------
<S>                                    <C>                                        <C>                   <C>
       Common Stock                    Bennett Management &                        7,121,285             28.3%
                                       Development Corporation
                                       2 Clinton Square
                                       Syracuse, NY 13202

                                       The Bennett Funding Group, Inc.            13,563,963             53.8%
                                       2 Clinton Square
                                       Syracuse, NY 13202

       Series 2 Preferred              The Bennett Funding Group, Inc.                10,000            100.0%
         Stock  (3)                    2 Clinton Square
                                       Syracuse, NY 13202
</TABLE>

      ----------
      (1)   Except as otherwise noted below, each person has sole voting power
            and investment power with respect to the voting securities indicated
            as owned beneficially by such person.

      (2)   Except as otherwise noted below, all voting securities listed are
            owned both of record and beneficially.

      (3)   The Series 2 Preferred Stock is entitled to 20% of the total number
            of votes of the Company.

Item 12. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

      Bankruptcy of Affiliated Companies. Effective February 16, 1996, the
Company entered into the Exchange Agreement, among the Company, BFG, and Resort
Funding, pursuant to which the Company acquired all of the common stock of
Resort Funding from BFG in exchange for the issuance to BFG of 10,000 shares of
the Series 2 Preferred Stock and 3,000 shares of the Convertible Preferred
Stock.


                                                                              71
<PAGE>

                                     PART IV

Item 13. Exhibits, Listed Reports on Form 8-K

(a)   Index to Consolidated Financial Statements and Schedules

      1.    Financial Statements

            The following financial statements of the Company are included in
            Annex A:

                                                                      Annex Page
                                                                      ----------

            Independent Auditor's Report on Consolidated Financial
            Statements                                                     1

            Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1997, and
            December 31, 1998                                              2

            Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended
            December 31, 1996, December 31, 1997, and December 31,
            1998                                                           3

            Consolidated Statements of Stockholder's Equity for the
            years ended December 31,1996, December 31, 1997, and
            December 31, 1998                                              4

            Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years
            ended December 31, 1996, December 31, 1997, and
            December 31, 1998                                              5

            Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements                    6-34

      2.    All Schedules have been omitted because they are not applicable or
            the required information is shown in the financial statements.

      3.    Reports on Form 8-K. The Company filed the following reports on Form
            8-K during the last quarter of the period covered by this report:

            a.    October 27, 1998 Form 8-K announcing rescheduling of annual
                  meeting
            b.    November 6, 1998 Form 8-K announcing third quarter earnings
            c.    December 14, 1998 Form 8-K announcing reincorporation of the
                  Company in Delaware
            d.    December 14, 1998 Form 8-K announcing extension of maturity
                  dates of certain financing facilities with Credit Suisse First
                  Boston Mortgage Capital LLC

      4.    The following exhibits are filed as part of this report:

            3.1      Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation

            3.2      By-laws

            10.9     Resort Funding, Inc Profit Sharing & 401k Plan
                     (incorporated by reference to the Company's 1997 Form
                     10KSB)

            10.10    Eastern Resorts Company LLC Profit Sharing & 401k Plan


                                                                              72
<PAGE>

            10.11    Receivables Financing Facility extended by Holland Limited
                     Securitization, Inc. and Internationale Nederlanden (U.S.)
                     Capital Markets, Inc. to Bennett Funding International,
                     Ltd. and BFICP Corporation (incorporated by reference to
                     the Company's 1997 Form 10-KSB)

            10.12    Assignment, Release and Custodial Agreement between Resort
                     Funding, Inc., BFICP Corporation, Credit Suisse First
                     Boston Mortgage Capital LLC, ING (U.S.) Capital Markets
                     Corporation, ING (U.S.) Capital Markets, Inc., Holland
                     Limited Securitization, Inc., First Trust of New York, N.A.
                     and Concord Servicing Corporation (incorporated by
                     reference to the Company's 1997 Form 10-KSB)

            10.13    $75,000,000 Receivables Financing Facility extended by
                     Credit Suisse First Boston Mortgage Capital LLC to Resort
                     Funding, Inc. (incorporated by reference to the Company's
                     1997 Form 10-KSB)

            10.14    $30,000,000 Acquisition and Development Financing Facility
                     extended by Credit Suisse First Boston Mortgage Capital LLC
                     to Resort Funding, Inc. (incorporated by reference to the
                     Company's 1997 Form 10-KSB)

            10.15    Employment Agreement dated May 29, 1997, by and between
                     Thomas J. Hamel and Richard C. Breeden, as Trustee10.11
                     (incorporated by reference to the Company's 1997 Form
                     10-KSB)

            10.16    Employment Agreement dated July 26, 1996 by and between
                     Gerald L. Klaben, Jr. and Richard C. Breeden, as Trustee
                     (incorporated by reference to the Company's 1997 Form
                     10-KSB)

            10.17    Employment Agreement dated as of August 24, 1998, between
                     ERC and R. Perry Harris (incorporated by reference to the
                     Company's Form 8-K filed September 11, 1998).

            10.18    Purchase Agreement among Equivest Finance, Inc. and Kosmas
                     Group International, Inc., Avenue Plaza, LLC, Ocean City
                     Coconut Malorie Resort, Inc., Capital City Suites, Inc.,
                     Kosmas Caribbean Holding Corporation, Steven Kosmas, Paul
                     Kosmas, Nicholas Kosmas and Chip Gordy, dated as of
                     February 16, 1999 (incorporated by reference to the
                     Company's Form 8-K filed February 23, 1999).

            11.      Computation of earnings per share. See Notes to
                     Consolidated Financial Statements.

            21.      Subsidiaries of the Company. Resort Funding, Inc., a
                     Delaware corporation, BFICP Corporation, a Delaware
                     corporation, and Eastern Resorts Company, LLC, a Rhode
                     Island limited liability company.


                                                                              73
<PAGE>

                    Audited Consolidated Financial Statements

                             EQUIVEST FINANCE, INC.
                                AND SUBSIDIARIES
<PAGE>

AUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

EQUIVEST FINANCE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Independent Auditor's Report.................................................. 1
Consolidated Balance Sheets--December 31, 1997 and 1998....................... 2
Consolidated Statements of Income--Years Ended December 31, 1996,
  1997 and 1998............................................................... 3
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity--Years Ended 
  December 31, 1996, 1997 and 1998............................................ 4
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows--Years Ended December 31, 1996,
  1997 and 1998............................................................... 5
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.................................... 6
<PAGE>

               [LETTERHEAD OF FIRLEY, MORAN, FREER & EASSA, P.C.]

                          INDEPENDENT AUDITOR'S REPORT

To the Board of Directors
Equivest Finance, Inc.
Syracuse, New York

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Equivest
Finance, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 1997 and 1998, and the related
consolidated statements of income, stockholders' equity, and cash flows for each
of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1998. These financial
statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on
our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present
fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of
Equivest Finance, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 1997 and 1998, and
the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of
the three years in the period ended December 31, 1998 in conformity with
generally accepted accounting principles.

                                    /s/ Firley, Moran, Freer & Eassa, P.c.

Syracuse, New York
February 18, 1999


                                    -1-
<PAGE>

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

EQUIVEST FINANCE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  December 31,
                                                                          1997                   1998
                                                                     -------------           -------------
<S>                                                                  <C>                     <C>          
ASSETS
  Cash and cash equivalents                                          $   4,620,479           $   3,486,720
  Receivables, net                                                     122,229,365             142,326,363
  Investment in real estate joint venture                                       --               2,971,207
  Inventory                                                                     --              10,361,151
  Deferred financing costs, net                                          4,125,972               3,755,600
  Cash--restricted                                                         855,138               1,422,459
  Accrued interest receivable                                              341,107                 971,026
  Deferred taxes                                                         1,141,536                      --
  Property and equipment, net                                               26,990               3,048,252
  Goodwill, net                                                                 --              27,247,483
  Stock registration costs                                                      --               1,479,681
  Other assets                                                             143,380                 314,521
                                                                     -------------           -------------

                                                       TOTAL ASSETS  $ 133,483,967           $ 197,384,463
                                                                     =============           =============
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

LIABILITIES
  Accounts payable                                                   $     434,072           $   2,212,975
  Accounts payable--related parties                                         11,235                      --
  Accrued expenses and other liabilities                                   519,109               3,985,402
  Taxes payable                                                                 --               1,994,381
  Deferred taxes                                                                --               2,568,465
  Notes payable                                                         99,961,357             133,116,985
                                                                     -------------           -------------
                                                  TOTAL LIABILITIES    100,925,773             143,878,208

SUBSEQUENT EVENTS, CONTINGENCIES AND COMMITMENTS

12.5% REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK                                29,745                      --

STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
  Cumulative Redeemable Preferred  Stock--Series 2 Class A,
    $3 par value; 15,000 shares authorized,
    10,000 shares outstanding; $10,000,000 liquidation value                30,000                  30,000
  Common Stock, $.05 par value--1997; $.01 par value--1998;
    50,000,000 shares authorized, 21,834,443 shares outstanding--
    1997 and 25,198,351 shares outstanding--1998                         1,091,723                 251,984
  Additional paid in capital                                            32,078,721              49,115,466
  Retained earnings (deficit)                                             (671,995)              4,108,805
                                                                     -------------           -------------
                                         TOTAL STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY     32,528,449              53,506,255
                                                                     -------------           -------------

                         TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY  $ 133,483,967           $ 197,384,463
                                                                     =============           =============
</TABLE>

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.


                                       -2-
<PAGE>

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

EQUIVEST FINANCE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              Year ended December 31,
                                                                 1996                  1997                  1998
                                                             ------------          ------------          ------------
<S>                                                          <C>                   <C>                   <C>         
REVENUE
  Interest                                                   $ 12,997,682          $ 15,511,387          $ 20,398,624
  Timeshare interval sales                                             --                    --             4,552,891
  Resort operations                                                    --                    --             3,645,649
  Gains on sales of contracts                                     422,328                29,689                    --
  Other income                                                    843,349               423,410             1,039,384
                                                             ------------          ------------          ------------
                                                               14,263,359            15,964,486            29,636,548

COSTS AND EXPENSES
  Interest                                                      8,270,593             8,076,569             7,457,618
  Debt related and other costs including amortization             903,613             1,063,377             1,924,444
  Provision for doubtful receivables                              178,543               925,000               791,349
  Cost of timeshare intervals sold                                     --                    --             1,144,488
  Sales and marketing                                                  --                    --             2,174,915
  Resort management                                                    --                    --             3,270,293
  Goodwill amortization                                                --                    --               237,925
  General and administrative                                    3,221,365             2,475,117             4,121,564
                                                             ------------          ------------          ------------
                                                               12,574,114            12,540,063            21,122,596
                                                             ------------          ------------          ------------
            INCOME BEFORE PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES            1,689,245             3,424,423             8,513,952

PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES
  Current                                                         195,000               510,000             2,360,000
  Deferred (credit)                                              (166,000)             (317,000)              910,000
                                                             ------------          ------------          ------------
                                                                   29,000               193,000             3,270,000
                                                             ------------          ------------          ------------

                                          NET INCOME         $  1,660,245          $  3,231,423          $  5,243,952
                                                             ============          ============          ============

NET INCOME TO COMMON STOCKHOLDERS                            $  1,133,194          $  2,500,205          $  4,643,498
                                                             ============          ============          ============

EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE
  Basic                                                             $ .12                 $ .22                 $ .20
                                                                    =====                 =====                 =====
                                                                                                                
  Diluted                                                           $ .07                 $ .15                 $ .20
                                                                    =====                 =====                 =====
</TABLE>

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.


                                       -3-
<PAGE>

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

EQUIVEST FINANCE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Years ended December 31, 1996 and 1997 and 1998

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                Redeemable
                                                Preferred     Convertible                                Additional
                                                 Stock--      Preferred           Common Stock              Paid         Retained
                                                 Series 2      Stock--       ------------------------        In          Earnings
                                   Total         Class A       Series 2        Shares        Amount        Capital       (Deficit)
                                -----------    -----------    -----------    ----------   -----------    -----------   -----------
<S>                             <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>          <C>            <C>           <C>        
Balances, December 31,
  1995                          $ 2,377,036    $    30,000    $     9,000     9,484,847   $   474,243    $ 6,330,956   $(4,467,163)
Net income                        1,660,245                                                                              1,660,245
                                -----------    -----------    -----------    ----------   -----------    -----------   -----------
Balances, December 31,
  1996                            4,037,281         30,000          9,000     9,484,847       474,243      6,330,956    (2,806,918)
Conversion of debt owed
  to related party               24,970,079                                   4,645,596       232,280     24,737,799
Conversion of Series 2
  Preferred Stock to
  Common Stock                           --                        (9,000)    7,500,000       375,000       (366,000)
Dividends on Series 2
  Preferred Stock paid in
  Common Stock shares                    --                                      23,721         1,186        126,314      (127,500)
Dividends on Series 2 Class A
  Preferred Stock paid in
  Common Stock shares                    --                                     180,279         9,014        959,986      (969,000)
Common Stock warrants issued        289,666                                                                  289,666
Net income                        3,231,423                                                                              3,231,423
                                -----------    -----------    -----------    ----------   -----------    -----------   -----------
Balances, December 31,
  1997                           32,528,449         30,000             --     21,834,44     1,091,723     32,078,721      (671,995)

Dividends on 12.5%
  Redeemable Convertible
  Preferred Stock                    (8,819)                                                                                (8,819)
Conversion of 12.5%
  Redeemable Convertible
  Preferred Stock to
  Common Stock                       21,930                                      20,541         1,027         20,903
Dividends on Series 2
  Class A Preferred Stock
  paid in Common Stock
  shares                                 --                                      76,254         3,813        450,520      (454,333)
Common Stock issued              15,360,000                                   3,200,000       160,000     15,200,000
Conversion of debt owed to
  related party                     360,743                                      67,113         3,366        357,377
Reduction in par value from
  $.05 per share to $.01
  per share                              --                                                (1,007,945)     1,007,945
Net income                        5,243,952                                                                              5,243,952
                                -----------    -----------    -----------    ----------   -----------    -----------   -----------
Balances, December 31,
  1998                          $53,506,255    $    30,000    $        --    25,198,351   $   251,984    $49,115,466   $ 4,108,805
                                ===========    ===========    ===========    ==========   ===========    ===========   ===========
</TABLE>

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.


                                       -4-
<PAGE>

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

EQUIVEST FINANCE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                           Year ended December 31,
                                                                               1996                  1997                  1998
                                                                           ------------          ------------          ------------
<S>                                                                        <C>                   <C>                   <C>         
CASH FLOWS (USED IN) FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
  Net income                                                               $  1,660,245          $  3,231,423          $  5,243,952
  Adjustments to reconcile net income to net
    cash (used in) from operating activities:
    Amortization and depreciation                                               733,903             1,048,534             2,194,397
    Provision for doubtful receivables                                          178,543               925,000               791,349
    Deferred income taxes                                                      (166,000)             (317,000)              910,000
    Gains on sales of contracts                                                (422,328)              (29,689)                   --
    Changes in assets  and  liabilities,
        net of effects from purchase of
           Eastern Resorts:
           Other assets                                                      (2,754,358)           (1,218,644)           (1,703,501)
           Inventory                                                                 --                    --            (1,218,966)
           Accounts receivable--related party                                  (671,411)              163,025                    --
           Restricted cash                                                     (864,295)              273,635              (567,321)
           Accounts payable and accrued expenses                             (3,815,884)            1,473,509             2,494,286
           Accounts payable--related parties                                 (1,469,308)             (365,585)              (11,235)
           Income taxes payable                                                      --                    --             1,960,000
                                                                           ------------          ------------          ------------
                      NET CASH (USED IN) PROVIDED BY OPERATING ACTIVITIES    (7,590,893)            5,184,208            10,092,961

CASH FLOWS USED IN INVESTING ACTIVITIES
  Increase in receivables, net                                              (17,433,818)          (25,745,306)          (19,616,378)
  Proceeds from sales of contracts                                            6,966,882             1,206,870                    --
  Sale (purchase) of equipment                                                   22,951               (26,230)              (76,528)
  Investment in joint venture                                                        --                    --            (2,971,207)
  Purchase of Eastern Resorts, net of cash acquired
    of $908,031                                                                      --                    --           (15,885,445)
                                                                           ------------          ------------          ------------
                                    NET CASH USED IN INVESTING ACTIVITIES   (10,443,985)          (24,564,666)          (38,549,558)

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES
  Stock registration costs, less unpaid amounts                                      --                    --              (229,681)
  Proceeds from recourse notes payable                                       26,096,575            21,042,826            89,800,505
  Payments on recourse notes payable                                        (15,944,991)          (14,092,955)          (61,200,263)
  Proceeds from non-recourse notes payable                                   36,785,065            23,821,115             2,498,750
  Payments on non-recourse notes payable                                    (15,547,922)          (14,109,373)           (5,061,343)
  Loans to related party                                                    (12,482,296)           (6,545,967)             (355,976)
  Repayments on loans receivable--related party                               5,044,328             9,960,503             3,640,028
  Proceeds from (payments on) notes payable                                     280,156              (112,413)                   --
  Payments on unsecured promissory notes payable                                     --                    --            (1,752,548)
  Payments on redemption of preferred stock                                          --                    --                (7,815)
  Preferred stock dividends paid                                                     --                    --                (8,819)
  Payments on loans payable--related party                                   (3,461,770)                   --                    --
                                                                           ------------          ------------          ------------
                                NET CASH PROVIDED BY FINANCING ACTIVITIES    20,769,145            19,963,736            27,322,838
                                                                           ------------          ------------          ------------
                         INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS     2,734,267               583,278            (1,133,759)

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year                                1,302,934             4,037,201             4,620,479
                                                                           ------------          ------------          ------------

                                 CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT END OF YEAR  $  4,037,201          $  4,620,479          $  3,486,720
                                                                           ============          ============          ============
</TABLE>

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.


                                       -5-
<PAGE>

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

EQUIVEST FINANCE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTE A--SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Organization and Nature of Business: Equivest Finance, Inc. (Equivest) and its
subsidiaries (collectively the Company) is a lender, developer and operator in
the timeshare industry. Equivest is a holding company. Through its wholly-owned
subsidiary, Resort Funding, Inc. and its subsidiary, BFICP Corporation
(collectively Resort Funding), the Company provides financing to domestic and
foreign timeshare resort developers (Resorts) which includes consumer lending
for timeshare intervals, hypothecation loans to resort developers who pledge
timeshare loans as collateral and resort acquisition and development lending.
Through its wholly-owned subsidiary, Eastern Resorts Corporation and its
subsidiary, Long Wharf Marina Restaurant, Inc. (collectively Eastern Resorts),
the Company acquires and operates resort properties and markets and sells
timeshare intervals in its own resorts in the New England area.

On August 28, 1998, Equivest entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger with
Eastern Resorts. In this transaction, Equivest acquired all of the capital stock
of Eastern Resorts in exchange for $15,000,000 in cash and 3,200,000 shares of
Equivest Common Stock together with the assumption of Eastern Resorts'
liabilities (see Note R).

The Company is majority owned by The Bennett Funding Group, Inc. (BFG) and its
affiliate, Bennett Management and Development Corporation (BMDC) which,
together, own approximately 86% of the Company's voting shares.

Principles of Consolidation: The accompanying consolidated financial statements
include the accounts of Equivest Finance, Inc. and its subsidiaries, Equivest
Capital Funding, Inc. (inactive), Resort Funding, Inc. and its subsidiary, BFICP
Corporation, and as of August 28, 1998, Eastern Resorts Corporation and its
subsidiary, Long Wharf Marina Restaurant, Inc. All significant intercompany
balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

The accompanying consolidated financial statements for the year ended December
31, 1998 include twelve months of operations of Equivest and its subsidiaries,
Resort Funding, Inc. and BFICP Corporation, and the operations of Eastern
Resorts for the one hundred twenty five days since acquisition.

Use of Estimates: The preparation of these consolidated financial statements in
conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to
make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and
liabilities and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of
the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and
costs and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from
the Company's estimates.


                                       -6-
<PAGE>

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--Continued

EQUIVEST FINANCE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTE A--SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES--Continued

Allowance for Doubtful Receivables: Receivables have been reduced by an
allowance for doubtful receivables. The allowance is an amount which management
believes will be adequate to absorb possible losses on existing receivables. The
evaluation considers past loss experience, known and inherent risks in the
portfolio, adverse conditions that may affect the borrower's ability to repay,
the estimated value of underlying collateral, and current economic conditions.
Receivables less the collateral value are charged against the allowance when
management believes that collectibility is unlikely.

The Company follows Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No 114
"Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of a Loan" (SFAS 114). Under SFAS 114,
the allowance for doubtful receivables for loans identified as impaired is
specifically determined using the loan's projected discounted cash flow or its
net collateral value.

Because of uncertainties in the estimation process, it is at least reasonably
possible that management's estimate of loan losses inherent in the loan
portfolio and the related allowance will change in the near term.

Loan Accounted For As Investment In Real Estate Joint Venture: The Company has
an acquisition and development loan which (1) provides for the receipt of
additional interest equal to an amount or percentage from each timeshare sold by
the developer; and (2) does not economically transfer a substantial portion of
ownership risk and reward to the borrower. Accordingly, the Company has
classified, and is accounting for , this loan as if it is an investment in a
real estate joint venture. As such, the Company defers net interest earned and
will recognize it, and the additional interest as income when the timeshare
intervals are sold.

Inventory: Inventory is stated at the lower of cost or market and consists of
unsold timeshare intervals available for sale and the cost of timeshare resorts
under construction. Upon a sale of a timeshare interval, inventory is charged to
cost of sales using the specific cost allocated to the interval. Timeshare
intervals reacquired through repossession are placed back into inventory at the
lower of their original historical cost basis or market value.

Deferred Financing Costs: Deferred financing costs represent unamortized
expenses associated with issuing certain debt. Amortization of these costs is
charged to operations on a straight-line basis over the term of the associated
debt and does not differ materially from that computed using the effective
interest method. The amortization of deferred financing costs amounted to
$712,367 in 1996, $1,046,998 in 1997, and $1,778,183 in 1998.


                                       -7-
<PAGE>

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--Continued

EQUIVEST FINANCE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTE A--SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES--Continued

Property and Equipment: Property and equipment is stated at cost, less
accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line
method over the estimated useful lives of the assets which follow:

   Restaurant condominiums/office building/warehouse          39 years
   Computers                                                   5 years
   Marina                                                   7-10 years
   Furniture and fixtures                                      7 years
   Motor vehicles                                              5 years
   Equipment                                                   7 years

Goodwill: This asset represents the excess of costs over net assets arising from
the acquisition of the Eastern Resort Corporation. Goodwill is being amortized
on a straight-line basis over forty years. Amortization of $237,925 was charged
to operations in 1998.

Interest Income: The Company recognizes interest income on its outstanding loans
receivable when earned using the interest method. The interest method recognizes
income at a constant rate of interest when applied to the principal outstanding.

The accrual of interest on an impaired loan is discontinued when unpaid
interest, together with the loan principal outstanding, exceeds the loan's
projected cash flow or the loan's net collateral value.

Gains on Sales of Contracts and Transfers of Assets: Gains on sales of contracts
result from periodic sales of consumer receivables on a nonrecourse basis. The
Company records gains to the extent net proceeds exceed the net investment in
the consumer receivables sold. Proceeds from sales of consumer receivables were
$6,966,882 in 1996, $1,206,870 in 1997, and $-0- in 1998.

Effective January 1, 1997 the Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting
Standards No. 125 "Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets
and Extinguishment of Liabilities" (SFAS 125). SFAS 125 became effective January
1, 1997 and covers the accounting for transfer and servicing of financial assets
where the transferor has some continuing involvement with the assets transferred
or with the transferee. Under this statement, when it applies, the Company will
recognize the financial and servicing assets it controls and the liabilities it
has incurred from the transfer; and will derecognize financial assets when
control has been surrendered, and derecognize liabilities when extinguished.
There were no transfers subject to this statement during 1997 or 1998.

Timeshare Interval Sales: Timeshare interval sales are made in exchange for cash
and mortgage notes receivable which are secured by a deed of trust on the
timeshare interval sold. The Company recognizes the sale of an interval under
the accrual method. Revenues are recognized


                                       -8-
<PAGE>

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--Continued

EQUIVEST FINANCE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTE A--SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES--Continued

after a binding sales contract has been executed, a 10% minimum down payment has
been received, and the statutory rescission period has expired. If all criteria
are met except that construction is not substantially complete, revenues are
recognized on the percentage-of-completion basis.

Resort Operations: Revenues from resort operations primarily consist of (1) fees
received for management services provided to several homeowners associations,
(2) revenues generated from renting unoccupied units on a transient basis, and
(3) revenues generated from restaurant operations.

Other Income: Other income primarily represents fees which are recognized as
income when the Company performs the related service. These services include
billing services for developers and loan commitment, chargeback and collection
fees charged to resorts.

Advertising: All costs associated with advertising and promoting the sale of
timeshare intervals are expensed in the year incurred. Advertising expense was
approximately $125,000 for the year ended December 31, 1998. Prior to the
acquisition of Eastern Resorts, advertising expense was minimal.

Income Taxes: The Company accounts for income taxes under Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 109 "Accounting for Income Taxes" (SFAS 109). SFAS 109
is an asset and liability approach to accounting for deferred income taxes. This
requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected
future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in the Company's
financial statements or tax returns. In estimating future tax consequences, the
Company generally considers all expected future events other than enactments of
changes in tax laws or rates. A valuation allowance is established as a
reduction of deferred tax assets when it is more likely than not that some
portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.

Earnings Per Share: In 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued
Statement No. 128, Earnings per Share. Statement 128 replaced the calculation of
primary and fully diluted earnings per share with basic and diluted earnings per
share. Unlike primary earnings per share, basic earnings per share excludes any
dilutive effects of options, warrants and convertible securities. Diluted
earnings per share is very similar to the previously reported fully diluted
earnings per share. Earnings per share amounts for 1996 have been restated to
conform to the Statement 128 requirements.

Stock-Based Compensation: The Company follows Accounting Principles Board
Opinion No. 25, "Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees" (APB 25) and related
interpretations in accounting for its employee stock options. Because the
exercise price of employee stock options approximates the market price of the
underlying stock on the date of grant, no compensation expense is recorded under
APB 25. The Company has adopted the disclosure-only provisions of Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards No. 123 "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation"
(SFAS 123).


                                       -9-
<PAGE>

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--Continued

EQUIVEST FINANCE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTE A--SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES--Continued

Segment Information: The Company became subject to segment information reporting
when Equivest acquired Eastern Resorts on August 28, 1998. Segment information,
as disclosed in Note S, is presented in accordance with Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 131 "Disclosures About Segments of an Enterprise and
Related Information" (SFAS 131). SFAS 131 establishes standards for the way that
public companies report information about operating segments in annual financial
statements and interim financial reports. It also establishes standards for
disclosures about products and services, geographic areas, and major customers.

NOTE B--CONCENTRATIONS OF RISK

Credit Risk: The Company is exposed to on-balance sheet credit risk related to
its notes receivable.

The Company offers financing to the buyers of timeshare intervals at the
Company's resorts. These buyers generally make a down payment of at least 10
percent of the purchase price and deliver a promissory note to the Company for
the balance; the promissory notes generally bear interest at a fixed rate, are
payable over a seven year period and are secured by a first mortgage on the
timeshare interval. The Company generally does not verify the credit history of
its customers and will provide financing if the customer is presently employed
and meets certain household income criteria.

If a buyer of a timeshare interval defaults, the Company generally must
foreclose on the timeshare interval and attempt to resell it; the associated
marketing, selling, and administrative costs from the original sale are not
recovered; and such costs must be incurred again to resell the vacation
interval. Although the Company in many cases may have recourse against a
timeshare interval buyer for the unpaid price, certain states have laws which
limit the Company's ability to recover personal judgments against customers who
have defaulted on their loans. Accordingly, the Company has generally not
pursued this remedy.

Interest Rate Risk: The Company has historically derived net interest income
from its financing activities because the interest rates it charges its
customers exceed the interest rates the Company pays to its lenders. Because the
Company's indebtedness bears interest at variable rates and a substantial amount
of the Company's receivables portfolio bears interest at fixed rates, increases
in interest rates will erode the net rates that the Company has historically
obtained and could cause the rate on the Company's borrowings to exceed the rate
at which the Company provides financing to its customers. Currently, the Company
does not engage in interest rate hedging transactions. Therefore, a significant
increase in interest rates, particularly if sustained, could have a material
adverse effect on the Company's results of operations, cash flows, and financial
position.


                                      -10-
<PAGE>

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--Continued

EQUIVEST FINANCE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTE B--CONCENTRATIONS OF RISK--Continued

Availability of Funding Services: The Company funds substantially all of its
notes receivable and timeshare inventory with borrowings through its financing
facilities and internally generated funds. These borrowings are in turn repaid
with the proceeds received by the Company from repayments of such notes
receivable and timeshare sales. To the extent that the Company is not successful
in maintaining or replacing existing financings, it would have to curtail its
operations or sell assets, thereby having a material adverse effect on the
Company's results of operations, cash flows, and financial condition.

Cash: The Company maintains cash balances at various financial institutions in
several states with balances in excess of $100,000 at December 31, 1998.
Accounts at these institutions are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance
Corporation up to $100,000 per institution.

NOTE C--RECEIVABLES

Receivables consist of the following:

                                                        December 31,
                                                   1997            1998
                                              -------------    -------------
    Accounts receivable                       $   1,437,928    $   2,260,906
    Notes and advance receivable                119,210,250      142,560,825
    Less allowance for doubtful receivables      (2,442,244)      (3,834,748)
                                              -------------    -------------
                                                118,205,934      140,986,983
    Promissory note receivable                           --          600,000
    Notes receivable--related party               4,023,431          739,380
                                              -------------    -------------

                                              $ 122,229,365    $ 142,326,363
                                              =============    =============

Accounts receivable primarily consist of: (1) amounts due from timeshare
interval owners for maintenance and service charges which the Company remits to
the resorts upon receipt, (2) the principal amount of unpaid and delinquent
timeshare interval contracts which are receivable from resorts under the
recourse provisions of applicable financing agreements, (3) amounts due from
homeowners' associations for management services rendered and (4) amounts due
from renting unoccupied units on a transient basis. Receivables are stated at
their unpaid principal balances. Amounts due resorts for maintenance and service
charges are included in accrued expenses and other liabilities.

Notes and advance receivables include: (1) amounts receivable from timeshare
interval owners less holdbacks on funds to be advanced under those contracts,
(2) loans to resorts for acquisition and development of resort properties, and
(3) hypothecation loans to resorts secured by the resort's loans from timeshare
interval owners. Interest rates on these receivables generally range from 9% to
18% per annum.


                                      -11-
<PAGE>

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--Continued

EQUIVEST FINANCE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTE C--RECEIVABLES--Continued

The following are the components of notes and advance receivable as of:

                                                      December 31,
                                                 1997            1998
                                            -------------     -------------
    Timeshare consumer receivables          $  91,101,627     $ 113,301,280
    Less holdbacks                            (17,320,018)      (18,391,579)
                                            -------------     -------------
                                               73,781,609        94,909,701
    Timeshare resort receivables:
      Acquisition and development              39,390,360        33,433,609
      Hypothecation loans                       5,275,456        11,904,059
      Other loans                                 762,825         2,313,456
                                            -------------     -------------
                                               45,428,641        47,651,124
                                            -------------     -------------
                                            $ 119,210,250     $ 142,560,825
                                            =============     =============

Substantially all timeshare consumer receivables purchased by the Company are
collateralized by security interests in timeshare intervals and are with full
recourse to the resort developers. Also, the Company's practice is to withhold
approximately fifteen percent of the purchase price of each timeshare contract
until the loan has been fully collected. The acquisition and development loans
to resorts are collateralized by security interests in the resort properties and
generally have the personal and/or corporate guarantees of the resort owners.

The promissory note receivable is due as a result of a rescission and
termination of an agreement with a corporation. Interest is paid monthly at a
rate equal to the lesser of LIBOR plus 1.5% or prime rate. Principal is to be
paid in four equal annual installments of $150,000 and will mature on February
2002.

Notes receivable--related party are due from the bankruptcy Trustee, bear
interest at 10% per annum, and are collateralized by third-party leases. These
notes arose in connection with financing transactions negotiated by the Trustee
which are described in Note E. In the event of default, the Company can apply
unpaid amounts to a fee payable to the Trustee in connection with these
financing transactions.

The Company has classified certain resort loans as impaired under SFAS 114 at
December 31, 1997 and 1998. The determination of impairment was made because the
debtors had not made principal payments in accordance with their contractual
agreements. The outstanding balance of impaired loans amounted to $10,132,607
and $3,435,001 at December 31, 1997 and 1998, respectively. The average
outstanding amounts during 1997 and 1998 were $9,765,342 and $6,783,806,
respectively. The Company has no allowance for losses specifically related to
these loans because it believes the market value of the collateral exceeds its
loan investment.


                                      -12-
<PAGE>

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--Continued

EQUIVEST FINANCE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTE C--RECEIVABLES--Continued

During 1997 and 1998, the Company recorded interest income on these loans of
$1,276,856, and $452,753, respectively. Interest on the impaired loan is current
through December 31, 1998.

Pursuant to an agreement between the Company and a debtor, interest on the
impaired loan at December 31, 1998 is being deposited into an escrow account. As
of December 31, 1998, the account balance was $414,300.

The activity in the allowance for doubtful receivables for the years ended
December 31, 1996, 1997 and 1998 follows:

                                                       December 31,
                                          -------------------------------------
                                              1996         1997         1998
                                          -----------  -----------  -----------
    Balance at beginning of year          $ 1,850,724  $ 1,979,182  $ 2,442,244
    Allowance related to the acquisition
      of Eastern Resort                            --           --      792,631
    Provision for doubtful receivables        178,543      925,000      791,349
    Charge-offs and recoveries, net           (50,085)    (461,938)    (191,476)
                                          -----------  -----------  -----------

    Balance at end of year                $ 1,979,182  $ 2,442,244  $ 3,834,748
                                          ===========  ===========  ===========

The Company's concentration of credit risk in its accounts and notes receivable
is believed to be substantially mitigated by credit and evaluation procedures.
The Company generally requires collateral and holdbacks on certain receivables
and has set up reserves for potential credit losses which have been within
management's expectations.

At December 31, 1998, the Company had agreements for resort development
financing with 15 developers covering 22 timeshare resort complexes. As of
December 31, 1998, two developers accounted for an aggregate of approximately
24% of the Company's receivable balance. The Company's timeshare contract and
hypothecation lending arises from these resorts and a number of other resort
developments. At December 31, 1998, the Company was committed to lend
approximately $12.2 million in funds for resort construction or renovation. The
Company has also agreed to make hypothecation loans to, or purchase consumer
timeshare interval contracts from, 58 resorts, subject to satisfactory
underwriting approval of each individual consumer.

Based on their maturity dates as of December 31, 1998, the notes and advance
receivables are due during the years ending December 31 as follows:
1999--$33,306,038; 2000--$24,189,829; 2001--$40,215,992; 2002--$17,222,214; and
thereafter--$27,626,752.


                                      -13-
<PAGE>

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--Continued

EQUIVEST FINANCE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTE D--LOAN ACCOUNTED FOR AS INVESTMENT IN REAL ESTATE
           JOINT VENTURE

During 1998 the Company advanced funds under a loan agreement which is being
accounted for as a real estate joint venture. Information on this agreement
follows:

   Amounts advanced and outstanding                  $3,032,652
   Closing fee and net interest deferred               (192,549)
   Earnings based on timeshare intervals sold           131,104
                                                     ----------
   Net balance at December 31, 1998                  $2,971,207
                                                     ==========

The remaining commitment to loan during the construction period amounts to
$3,267,348, and the Company has agreed to provide additional financing under a
hypothecation loan to be collateralized by timeshare loans made by the developer
in connection with its timeshare sales.

The agreement provides for a closing fee of $63,000, interest on the outstanding
loan balance at prime rate plus 3 1/2%, and an "equity fee" of $2,100,000 to be
received over the period that timeshare sales occurs. The agreement matures
March 2002 and the loan is to be repaid out of the proceeds of timeshare sales.
The Company holds a first mortgage on the development property.

NOTE E--RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Acquisition of Resort Funding: On February 16, 1996, Equivest entered into an
Agreement and Plan of Exchange with BFG. In this transaction, Equivest acquired
all of the capital stock of Resort Funding from BFG in exchange for $10,000,000
liquidation amount of Equivest Redeemable Preferred Stock and $3,000,000
liquidation amount of Equivest Convertible Preferred Stock. The Convertible
Preferred Stock was convertible into 7,500,000 shares (approximately 44% of the
outstanding shares after giving effect to the transaction) of Common Stock of
Equivest. Another affiliated entity, BMDC also owned approximately 42% of the
Common Stock of Equivest. Prior to the exchange transaction, BFG and BMDC owned
approximately 75% of the Company's voting stock. Subsequently, they owned
approximately 88% of the Company's voting stock. Because of the relationships
among the parties, the Company accounted for the transaction as if it was a
pooling of interest. The accompanying consolidated financial statements for the
year ended December 1996 include Resort Funding and subsidiary, at historical
cost, as if the transaction occurred on January 1, 1996.


                                      -14-
<PAGE>

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--Continued

EQUIVEST FINANCE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTE E--RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS--Continued

Recapitalization: Effective October 30, 1997, the Company increased its number
of authorized shares of Common Stock from 10,000,000 to 50,000,000. The Company
then issued 4,645,596 shares to BFG in full satisfaction of indebtedness to BFG
at November 24, 1997 of $24,970,079, including demand notes payable and accrued
interest. The conversion price of $5.375 per share was determined using the
average closing price of the Company's Common Stock for ten days preceding Board
of Directors' approval of the transaction.

Concurrently, the Company issued 7,500,000 shares of Common Stock to BFG in
exchange for the 3,000 outstanding shares of Cumulative Convertible--Series 2
Preferred Stock. The Preferred Stock was mandatorily convertible at the rate of
2,500 common shares to 1 preferred share when the Company had a sufficient
number of authorized shares of Common Stock. As part of this transaction, the
Company issued 23,721 shares of Common Stock to BFG in payment of cumulative
dividends of $127,500 through October 31, 1997.

The $24,970,079 net liability was subsequently corrected by an increase of
$360,743 which had been recorded as an accrued liability as of December 31,
1997. After final resolution with the Bankruptcy Court, and Board of Director
approval in October 1998, the Company issued an additional 67,113 shares of its
Common Stock to BFG in payment of this liability.

Income and Expense: Interest income earned on the notes receivable from the
bankruptcy Trustee amounted to $61,467 in 1996, $625,511 in 1997, and $219,276
in 1998.

Interest expense incurred on the related party debt amounted to $2,050,773 in
1996 and $1,475,609 in 1997.

Other: The Company leases its office facilities from BFG. In 1997 its five year
lease was terminated without penalty when the Company relocated within the same
property. Currently, rent is paid on a month-to-month basis ($6,782 per month)
until a new lease agreement is finalized. Rent expense for the office facilities
amounted to $161,213 in 1996, $146,399 in 1997 and $74,117 in 1998.

The Company's Chief Executive Officer is the bankruptcy Trustee for BFG and BMDC
(see Note J). He has not received any compensation from the Company or the
bankruptcy Estate for his duties at the Company.

Under an agreement which expired March 31, 1996, the Company paid BFG $422,115
in 1996 for various administrative services including billing, collection, legal
and management services. Subsequent to March 31, 1996, the Company receives
administrative services from BFG related to billing consumer amounts due under
timeshare interval contracts. This expense amounted to $85,871 in 1996, $63,500
in 1997 and $184,686 in 1998.


                                      -15-
<PAGE>

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--Continued

EQUIVEST FINANCE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTE F--RESTRICTED CASH

Restricted cash primarily consists of: (1) amounts on deposit at financial
institutions as security under lending agreements, and (2) deposits in accounts
to be applied to its financing facilities.

NOTE G--PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

Property and equipment consists of the following at December 31, 1997 and 1998:

                                                          December 31,
                                                      1997           1998
                                                  ----------      ----------
    Land                                          $      -0-      $   81,489
    Building and improvements                            -0-       2,672,575
    Furniture and equipment                           28,895         365,757
                                                  ----------      ----------
                                                      28,895       3,119,821
    Less accumulated depreciation                      1,905          71,569
                                                  ----------      ----------
    Property and equipment, net                   $   26,990      $3,048,252
                                                  ==========      ==========

Depreciation expense amounted to $370 in 1996, $1,535 in 1997 and $69,664 in
1998.

NOTE H--NOTES PAYABLE

Notes payable consist of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          December 31,
                                                                       1997          1998
                                                                    ----------    ----------
<S>                                                                <C>           <C>        
    $75,000,000 receivables financing facility                     $43,956,667   $54,178,431

    $30,000,000 resort acquisition and development financing
    facility, less unamortized discount of $289,666 at
    December 31, 1997, and $181,041 at December 31, 1998            10,312,017    18,109,952

    Acquisition indebtedness:
      $15,000,000 bridge loan                                               --     3,525,047
      $11,500,000 mortgage and timeshare receivable loan                    --     8,556,490

    $7,500,000 revolving line of credit used to finance resort
    acquisition and development loans; due October 2001; payable
    in monthly installments at a variable interest rate (9.75%
    at December 31, 1998)                                                   --     5,078,677
                                                                    ----------    ----------
                                                         Subtotal   54,268,684    89,448,597
</TABLE>


                                      -16-
<PAGE>

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--Continued

EQUIVEST FINANCE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTE H--NOTES PAYABLE--Continued

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                     December 31,
                                                                              1997                  1998
                                                                          ------------          ------------
<S>                                                                       <C>                   <C>         
    Balances brought forward                                              $ 54,268,684          $ 89,448,597

    Revolving line of credit facilities with aggregate maximum
    borrowing of $7,635,645; used to finance timeshare
    receivables; payable in monthly installments through December
    2000, with variable interest rates ranging from 9.75% to
    10.00% at December 31, 1998                                                     --             3,796,810

    Collateralized notes payable to banks in monthly installments
    through 2008 with interest ranging from 8.25% to 11% per
    annum                                                                   10,176,221             7,932,893

    Nonrecourse collateralized notes payable to banks in monthly
    installments through 2001 with interest ranging from 10.5%
    to 11% per annum                                                         6,154,357             3,591,764

    Collateralized notes payable to banks and others in monthly
    installments through 2006 with interest from 1/2% to 4% per
    annum                                                                   22,571,318            23,252,749

    Fee payable to bankruptcy Trustee in connection with arrange-
    ment of 1/2% to 4% notes payable above, due in varying annual
    amounts                                                                  3,387,066             3,443,008

    Unsecured promissory notes payable maturing through December
    2002, interest ranging from 8.00% to 8.75% per annum                     3,403,711             1,651,164
                                                                          ------------          ------------

                                                                          $ 99,961,357          $133,116,985
                                                                          ============          ============
</TABLE>

The receivables financing and credit facilities and the collateralized notes
payable are collateralized by security agreements and assignment of payments due
on timeshare contract notes receivable and notes receivable from resorts.

Receivable and Resort Acquisition and Development Financing Facilities: In
November 1997 the Company obtained a $75 million credit facility from a bank to
be used to fund the financing of timeshare receivables. The facility has a
two-year revolving period ending in November 1999 and a one-year payment period
ending in November 2000. Outstanding balances bear interest


                                      -17-
<PAGE>

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--Continued

EQUIVEST FINANCE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTE H--NOTES PAYABLE--Continued

at a floating rate (6.964% at December 31, 1998). In this transaction, the bank
took an assignment of the Company's previous $50 million purchase/pledge
financing facility. In connection with the assignment, the Company repurchased
receivables previously sold to the predecessor bank at the outstanding principal
balance of $6,404,619. Currently, no securitization and sale transactions have
taken place. Timeshare receivables collateralize borrowings under this facility.

The Company also obtained a $30 million credit facility from the bank to be used
to fund acquisition and development loans to resorts. It has a two-year
revolving term ending in November 1999 and a one-year payment period ending in
November 2000. Outstanding balances bear interest at a floating rate (7.964% at
December 31, 1998). In connection with this transaction, the bank received
warrants for the purchase of 250,000 shares of the Company's Common Stock as
described in Note N. The warrants were valued at $289,666 which has been
accounted for as a discount in consideration for making the loan. The discount
is being amortized as interest expense over the loan term. Acquisition and
development loans collateralize borrowings under this facility.

The agreements contain both specific and general covenants including maintenance
of specific collateralization and default rates with respect to pledged
receivables and tangible and overall net worth requirements.

Acquisition Indebtedness: In August 1998 the Company borrowed approximately
$12,100,000 under a $15,000,000 loan agreement which was used in the purchase of
Eastern Resorts (see Note R). In connection with this transaction, the bank
received warrants for the purchase of 180,000 shares of the Company's Common
Stock. It was determined that the warrants had no value for accounting purposes
at the date of grant. The loan is collateralized by a first priority lien on any
and all unencumbered assets of Eastern Resorts and Resort Funding, Inc.'s equity
in certain notes receivable.

Additionally, the Company borrowed approximately $9,700,000 under an $11,500,000
loan agreement. The proceeds enabled Eastern Resorts to pay off amounts it owed
to Resort Funding for timeshare and acquisition and development financing. The
loan is collateralized by a first priority mortgage lien on real property, liens
on personal property and assignment liens on certain timeshare notes receivable
and their proceeds.

The loans had an initial maturity date of December 11, 1998 but were extended to
June 11, 1999. Outstanding balances bear interest at a floating rate (8.064% at
December 31, 1998). The agreements contain affirmative covenants including, but
not limited to, submission of financial statements, and maintenance of minimum
net worth and quarterly net income. The agreement also contains negative
covenants which restrict the Company, including its subsidiaries, from incurring
debt, disposing of collateral and declaring or paying dividends.


                                      -18-
<PAGE>

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--Continued

EQUIVEST FINANCE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTE H--NOTES PAYABLE--Continued

1/2% to 4% Collateralized Notes Payable: Beginning in November 1996, the Company
has obtained financing at favorable interest rates from banks and others who
were creditors of affiliates which had filed for bankruptcy protection as (see
Note J). The bankruptcy Trustee arranged this financing and borrowed part of the
proceeds from the Company in order to settle the bankrupts' obligations with
those creditors. As consideration for the financing, the Company will pay a fee
to the bankruptcy Trustee based on an annual rate of approximately 3% of the
unpaid principal balance of the loans. The Company is recognizing this fee as
expense over the various loan terms. The loans are collateralized primarily with
timeshare receivables.

Unsecured Promissory Notes Payable: The unsecured promissory notes payable
matured on December 1, 1998. The Company paid $1,752,548 of these notes and
holders of the remaining notes totalling $1,651,164 agreed to extend the
maturity of their notes for periods of three months to four years with interest
ranging from 8.00% to 8.75% per annum.

Subsequent maturities of notes payable for the years ending December 31 are:
1999-- $21,231,540; 2000--$85,952,488; 2001--$12,706,078; 2002--$6,248,946;
2003--$5,639,316; and thereafter $1,338,617.

NOTE I--INCOME TAXES

The consolidated provisions for income taxes included in the accompanying
statements of income consist of the following for the years ended December 31,
1996, 1997 and 1998:

                                                   December 31,
                                    -----------------------------------------
                                        1996           1997          1998
                                    -----------    -----------    -----------
    Current provision:
      Federal                       $        --    $    72,000    $ 1,650,000
      State                             195,000        438,000        710,000
                                    -----------    -----------    -----------
                                        195,000        510,000      2,360,000

    Deferred provision (benefit):
      Federal                            31,000       (280,000)       830,000
      State                            (197,000)       (37,000)        80,000
                                    -----------    -----------    -----------
                                       (166,000)      (317,000)       910,000
                                    -----------    -----------    -----------

                                    $    29,000    $   193,000    $ 3,270,000
                                    ===========    ===========    ===========


                                      -19-
<PAGE>

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--Continued

EQUIVEST FINANCE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTE I--INCOME TAXES--Continued

The provisions for income taxes are less than amounts computed by applying the
statutory rate (34%) to income before income taxes for the following reasons:

                                                  December 31,
                                   -----------------------------------------
                                      1996            1997           1998
                                   -----------    -----------    -----------
    Income taxes at statutory
      rates                        $   589,000    $ 1,164,000    $ 2,895,000
    State income taxes, net of
      federal income tax benefit       129,000        264,000        521,000
    Reduction of valuation
      allowance                       (714,000)    (1,307,000)      (233,000)
    Alternative minimum tax                 --         72,000             --
    Other items                         25,000             --         87,000
                                   -----------    -----------    -----------

    Provision for income taxes     $    29,000    $   193,000    $ 3,270,000
                                   ===========    ===========    ===========

The Company had valuation allowances for net operating loss carryforwards
because there was no assurance that the Company would generate sufficient
taxable earnings to utilize unrestricted loss carryforwards before they expired.
Management believes that all other net deductible temporary differences will
reverse during periods in which the Company generates net taxable income.

The changes in the valuation allowance for 1996, 1997 and 1998 were attributed
to:

                                                     December 31,
                                      ----------------------------------------- 
                                          1996           1997           1998
                                      -----------    -----------    ----------- 
    Reduction of operating loss
      carryforwards                   $  (534,000)   $(1,306,906)   $  (232,615)

    Revaluation of allowance for
      deferred state income taxes        (180,000)            --             --
                                      -----------    -----------    ----------- 

    Decrease in valuation allowance   $  (714,000)   $(1,306,906)   $  (232,615)
                                      ===========    ===========    ===========


                                      -20-
<PAGE>

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--Continued

EQUIVEST FINANCE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTE I--INCOME TAXES--Continued

Net deferred tax assets (liabilities) included in the accompanying balance
sheets are comprised of the following at December 31, 1997 and 1998:

                                                           December 31,
                                                       1997           1998
                                                   -----------    ----------- 
   Deferred tax assets:
      Receivable allowance                         $   888,822    $ 1,290,594
      Net operating loss carryforwards                 232,615             --
      AMT credit                                        97,438             --
      State income taxes, net of federal benefit       155,276             --
   Other                                                    --         86,233
                                                   -----------    ----------- 
                                                     1,374,151      1,376,827
   Valuation allowance                                (232,615)            --
                                                   -----------    ----------- 
   Deferred tax assets                               1,141,536      1,376,827

   Deferred tax liabilities:
      Installment sale receivables                          --      3,589,160
      Deferred financing costs                              --        130,624
      State income taxes, net of federal benefit            --        225,508
                                                   -----------    ----------- 
      Deferred tax liabilities                              --      3,945,292
                                                   -----------    ----------- 

   Net deferred tax asset (liability)              $ 1,141,536    $(2,568,465)
                                                   ===========    ===========

As described in Note P, Equivest entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger
with Eastern Resorts as of August 28, 1998. Prior to that time Eastern Resorts
was a Subchapter S corporation. As a result of the merger, the Subchapter S
status of Eastern Resorts was terminated. Consequently, Equivest recorded a
$2,800,000 deferred tax liability as part of the purchase accounting to reflect
the difference between the tax basis and book basis of acquired installment
receivables.

The Company had federal net operating loss carryforwards of approximately
$684,000 at December 31, 1997 which were fully used in 1998.

NOTE J--CONTINGENCIES AND COMMITMENTS

On March 28, 1996, the Company's majority owners (BFG and BMDC) were named in a
series of suits filed by the Securities and Exchange Commission. On March 29,
1996, both entities and several other of their affiliates filed for bankruptcy
protection under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code. Those companies are
currently being managed for the benefit of their creditors by the Court
appointed bankruptcy Trustee. The ultimate impact of these events on the
Company's business and operations is not presently determinable.


                                      -21-
<PAGE>

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--Continued

EQUIVEST FINANCE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTE J--CONTINGENCIES AND COMMITMENTS--Continued

The Company has been named in several federal and state class action claims
brought in connection with investments made by the claimants through BFG or its
other affiliates. The federal claims are currently under a settlement agreement
which requires the approvals of both the federal Bankruptcy and District courts.
If approved, the settlement agreement provides for the Company's final dismissal
from those actions. Two state actions remain pending. One of these may
ultimately be barred from prosecution if the federal actions are resolved as
described above. With respect to the other, there has been no activity with the
claim to date.

The Company is a defendant in a legal action filed by a former officer and
director of the Company against the Company and other parties containing
numerous allegations and claiming compensatory damages in excess of $1,000,000,
interest and costs. The Company believes that it has meritorious defenses to the
allegations and intends to defend the lawsuit vigorously.

The Company is a defendant in a claim for payment of unclaimed property under
Florida abandoned property law of approximately $402,000. It arose in connection
with a premium finance business previously carried on by Equivest. The Company
does not dispute the amount but approximately $325,000 of the claim had been
held by the Company before enactment of the law in 1990. The Company intends to
contest the claim for that portion and has recorded a liability of $77,000 for
the balance. No assessment of the Company's position can be made at this time.

The Company has employment agreements with three of its executive officers that
provide for lump sum severance payments and accelerated vesting of options upon
termination of employment under certain circumstances including change of
control, as defined. The Company's minimum payment obligation under the
severance provisions of these agreements was $1,033,000 at December 31, 1997 and
$2,021,000 at December 31, 1998.

The Company has management agreements with homeowners' associations at several
of its timeshare resorts. Under these agreements the Company is required to
provide administrative, accounting, maintenance, security, utilities and
professional services; provide insurance coverage and pay real estate and
personal property taxes. In exchange for these services the Company is
reimbursed for costs incurred and receives a management fee for the services
provided. These contracts expire at various dates through January 2001.

NOTE K--12.5% REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK

At December 31, 1997 the Company had 9,915 outstanding shares of 12.5%
Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock, $3 par value per share. The Company
redeemed the shares effective February 13, 1998 and paid $8,819 in cumulative
dividends.


                                      -22-
<PAGE>

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--Continued

EQUIVEST FINANCE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTE L--STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

Preferred Stock and Cumulative Redeemable Preferred Stock Series 2 Class A: The
Company has authorized 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock with a $3 par value.
At December 31, 1998 the Company has 10,000 shares of Series 2 Class A preferred
stock outstanding which is held by BFG. BFG is entitled to the number of votes
which equals 20% of the total number of voting shares of the Company's stock. In
the event of liquidation, these shares have a liquidation value of $1,000 per
share ($10,000,000 in total) plus all accrued and unpaid dividends. The Company
may, at its option any time after February 16, 2003, redeem this stock in whole
or in part at its liquidation value plus accrued and unpaid dividends. Dividends
on this issue are cumulative and payable quarterly when declared by the Company
at the rate of $60 per annum per share.

The Company paid cumulative dividends of $969,000 in 1997 and $454,333 in 1998
by issuing 180,279 and 76,254 shares of its Common Stock to BFG in 1997 and
1998, respectively. At December 31, 1998, the cumulative undeclared and unpaid
dividends amount to $300,000.

Common Stock: At the annual meeting held on December 8, 1998, the stockholders
approved an amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation reducing the par value
of the Common Stock from $.05 per share to $.01 per share.

NOTE M--FAIR VALUES OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 107 "Disclosure about Fair Value
of Financial Instruments" (SFAS 107) requires the disclosure of the estimated
fair value of on and off balance sheet financial instruments. A financial
instrument is defined by SFAS 107 as cash, evidence of an ownership interest in
an entity, or a contract that creates a contractual obligation or right to
deliver or to receive cash or another financial instrument from a second entity
on potentially favorable terms.

Fair value estimates are made at a point in time, based on relevant market data
and information about the financial instrument. SFAS 107 specifies that fair
values should be calculated based on the value of one trading unit without
regard to any premium or discount that may result from concentrations of
ownership of a financial instrument, possible income tax ramifications,
estimated transaction costs that may result from bulk sales, or the relationship
between various financial instruments. Fair values for the Company's financial
instruments are based on judgments regarding current economic conditions,
interest rate characteristics, loss experience


                                      -23-
<PAGE>

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--Continued

EQUIVEST FINANCE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTE M--FAIR VALUES OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS--Continued

and other factors. Many of these estimates involve uncertainties and matters of
significant judgment and cannot be determined with precision. Therefore, the
calculated fair value estimates cannot always be sustained by comparison to
independent markets and in most cases, would not be realizable in a current sale
of the instrument. Changes in assumptions could significantly affect the
instruments.

Fair value estimates do not include anticipated future business or the values of
assets, liabilities and customer relationships that are not considered financial
instruments. Other assets and liabilities that are not considered financial
instruments include deferred taxes, deferred financing costs and accounts
payable and accrued expenses. Accordingly, the estimated fair value amounts of
financial instruments do not represent the entire value of the Company.

Cash and Restricted Cash: The carrying amounts reported in the balance sheets
are their estimated fair values since the amounts are payable on demand.

Accounts and Notes Receivable and Investment in Real Estate Joint Venture: The
estimated fair value of these amounts were developed using estimated cash flows
and maturities based upon contractual interest rates and historical experience
and discounting those cash flows using current market interest rates. The
Company's carrying amount and fair value of accounts and notes receivables are
summarized as follows:

                                                            December 31,
                                                        1997           1998
                                                    ------------   ------------
   Carrying amount                                  $118,205,934   $140,986,983

   Fair Value                                       $121,071,554   $143,127,829

The carrying value of the Company's commitments to lend as disclosed in Note C
approximates their fair value. The carrying amount of the promissory note
receivable outstanding at December 31, 1998 is its estimated fair value based on
current market rates.

It was not practicable to estimate the fair values of the notes
receivable--related party because of the nature of the indebtedness and
resultant excessive cost to estimate their fair values.

Notes Payable: The fair value of notes payable were estimated using rates
available to the Company at December 31, 1997 and 1998 for similar debt and
remaining maturities. The carrying amount and fair value of notes payable were
summarized as follows:

                                                            December 31,
                                                        1997           1998
                                                    ------------   ------------
   Carrying amount                                  $ 99,961,357   $133,116,985

   Fair Value                                       $ 96,363,881   $130,053,594


                                      -24-
<PAGE>

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--Continued

EQUIVEST FINANCE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTE M--FAIR VALUES OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS--Continued

12.5% Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock: It is not practicable, because of
cost, to determine the estimated fair value of this relatively small amount
outstanding.

NOTE N--STOCK OPTIONS, GRANTS, AND WARRANTS

Stock Options: At December 31, 1998, the Company has two stock-based
compensation plans which are described in greater detail below. The Company
applied APB Opinion No. 25 and related interpretations in accounting for its
plans. Using these criteria, no compensation cost has been recognized for the
stock option portion of the plans. Had compensation cost been determined for the
Company's stock option portion of the plans, based on the fair value at the
grant dates for awards under those plans consistent with the alternative method
set forth under SFAS 123, the Company's net income and earnings per share would
have been reduced to the pro forma amounts indicated below:

                                                      Year ended
                                                      December 31,
                                                    1997        1998
                                                ----------   ----------
   Net income:
      As reported                               $3,231,423   $5,243,952
      Pro forma                                  3,213,423    5,058,680
    Net income per common share:               
      As reported--basic                               .22          .20
      Pro forma--basic                                 .21          .19
      As reported--diluted                             .15          .20
      Pro forma--diluted                               .15          .19
    Weighted average fair value of             
      options granted under the 1997           
      Incentive Long-Term Plan                         .68          .67
                                      
The fair value of each option grant is estimated on the date of grant using the
Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following weighted average
assumptions used for grants in 1997 and 1998:

                                                    1997         1998
                                                   -------      -------
   Dividend yield                                     -0-%         -0-%
   Expected volatility                               2.96%        0.90%
   Risk free interest rates                          6.26%        3.92%
   Expected life                                   4 years      4 years


                                      -25-
<PAGE>

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--Continued

EQUIVEST FINANCE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTE N--STOCK OPTIONS, GRANTS, AND WARRANTS--Continued

1988 Stock Option Plan: The Company has a stock option plan which reserves
100,000 shares of Common Stock. The Plan provides that no options may be granted
after September 1, 1999. There were no options granted, cancelled or exercised
during 1996, 1997 or 1998 and there were no options outstanding at December 31,
1997 or 1998.

1997 Long-Term Incentive Plan: The 1997 long-term incentive plan (1997 Plan)
became effective September 1, 1997. Under the Plan, nonqualified and incentive
stock options may be granted to employees and directors as detailed in the Plan.
The exercise price for the options shall be determined by the compensation
committee of the Board of Directors. At December 31, 1998 the maximum number of
shares of Common Stock which may be issued under the 1997 Plan is 3,500,000. The
term of the Plan is ten years; however, the Board of Directors may discontinue
the plan at its discretion.

The following table summarizes information concerning outstanding and
exercisable options:

                                                  Shares of
                                                 Common Stock          Weighted
                                            -----------------------    average
                                            Available      Under       exercise
                                            for option     option       price
                                            ---------     ---------   ---------
   Balance at January 1, 1996 and
      December 31, 1996                       100,000            --   $      --

   Shares reserved under 1997 Plan          1,600,000            --          --

   Granted                                   (858,100)      858,100        3.28
                                            ---------     ---------   ---------

   Balances at December 31, 1997              841,900       858,100        3.28

   Granted                                   (166,300)      166,300        4.31

   Additional shares reserved under
      the 1997 Plan                         1,900,000            --          --
                                            ---------     ---------   ---------

                                            2,575,600     1,024,400   $    3.45
                                            =========     =========   =========

The following table summarizes information concerning currently outstanding and
exercisable options:

                                                     Exercise Prices
                                               ---------------------------
                                                $1.00     $5.05     $4.31
                                               -------   -------   -------
    Number outstanding                         375,000   483,100   166,300

    Remaining contractual life, in years           3.4       9.0       9.8

    Number exercisable                         187,500   120,775        --


                                      -26-
<PAGE>

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--Continued

EQUIVEST FINANCE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTE N--STOCK OPTIONS, GRANTS, AND WARRANTS--Continued

An August 24,1998 employment agreement with an officer provides for annual
option grants if the Company reaches certain pretax income as defined in the
agreement. The agreement has a five-year term with successive one-year renewals
at the election of the parties as set forth in the agreement. It provides for
the issuance of options covering (1) 30,000 common shares if the Company reaches
at least 100%, but less than 125%, of the pretax income target, and (2) 60,000
common shares if the Company reaches 125% of the target, for any fiscal year
under the agreement. Options granted will have an exercise price of the fair
market value of the common shares on the date of grant and will expire ten years
from the date granted. They will vest at a rate of 20% per year. There were no
options granted under this agreement during 1998.

In December 1998, the Company and its chief executive officer reached agreement
on his employment terms which will be effective on the date of the proposed sale
of common shares described in Note Q. The terms are subject to (1) entering into
a written contract prior to the proposed sale and (2) the sale of the common
shares now held by the bankrupt Estate (BFG and BMDC). The terms include a stock
option grant, on the date of the offering, for the purchase of 1,000,000 common
shares at an exercise price equal to the share price of the offering.
Additionally, the terms provide for a grant of either 125,000 or 250,000
restricted common shares provided that certain stock appreciation targets are
met during each of the first and second twelve month periods after the offering.

Common Stock Warrants: In November 1997, the Company issued warrants to purchase
250,000 shares of Common Stock to a bank in connection with the credit facility
as described in Note H. The warrants may be exercised at any time prior to
November 2002, in whole or in part and in any order, by purchasing 125,000
shares at $3.50 per share and 125,000 shares at $4.00 per share. None of these
warrants were exercised in 1997 or 1998.

In August 1998 the Company issued warrants to purchase 180,000 shares of Common
Stock to a bank in connection with the acquisition indebtedness described in
Note H. The warrants may be exercised at any time prior to July 18, 2003, in
whole or in part, and in any order at an exercise price of $8.00 per share.
These warrants were outstanding at December 31, 1998.


                                      -27-
<PAGE>

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--Continued

EQUIVEST FINANCE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTE O--EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE

Pursuant to SFAS 128, a reconciliation of the numerators and the denominators of
the basic and diluted per-share computations follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   Income               Shares          Per-Share
                                                                -----------           -----------      -----------
                                                                (Numerator)          (Denominator)        Amount
                                                                -----------           -----------      -----------
<S>                                                             <C>                    <C>                 <C>    
For the Year Ended December 31, 1996:
   Net Income                                                   $ 1,660,245
   Less:  preferred stock dividends                                (527,051)
                                                                -----------
   Basic earnings per share:
     Income available to common stock-
       holders                                                    1,133,194             9,484,847          $   .12
                                                                                                           =======
   Effect of dilutive securities:
     Cumulative Convertible--Series 2 preferred
       stock                                                                            7,500,000
     12.5% Redeemable Convertible preferred
       stock                                                          3,718                27,861
                                                                -----------            ----------
   Diluted earnings per share:
     Income available to common stockholders
       plus assumed conversions                                 $ 1,136,912            17,012,708          $   .07
                                                                ===========            ==========          =======

For the Year Ended December 31, 1997:
   Net Income                                                   $ 3,231,423
   Less: preferred stock dividends                                 (731,218)
                                                                -----------
   Basic earnings per share:
     Income available to common stockholders                      2,500,205            11,582,587          $   .22
                                                                                                           =======
   Effect of dilutive securities:
     Cumulative Convertible--Series 2 preferred
       stock                                                        127,500             6,226,027
     12.5% Redeemable Convertible preferred
       stock                                                          3,718                27,861
     Warrants                                                            --                 9,154
     Stock options                                                       --                68,273
                                                                -----------            ----------

   Diluted earnings per share:
     Income available to common stockholders
       plus assumed conversions                                 $ 2,631,423            17,913,902          $   .15
                                                                ===========            ==========          =======
</TABLE>


                                      -28-
<PAGE>

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--Continued

EQUIVEST FINANCE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTE O--EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE--Continued

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  Income         Shares       Per-Share
                                               -----------    -----------    -----------
                                               (Numerator)   (Denominator)      Amount
                                               -----------    -----------    -----------
<S>                                              <C>           <C>                  <C> 
For the Year Ended December 31, 1998:
  Net Income                                   $ 5,243,952
  Less: preferred stock dividends                 (600,454)
                                               -----------
  Basic earnings per share:
    Income available to common stockholders      4,643,498     23,010,104           $.20
                                                                                    ====

  Effect of dilutive securities:
    12.5% Redeemable Convertible preferred
      stock                                            454          3,359
    Warrants                                            --         82,049
    Stock options                                       --        355,731
                                               -----------    -----------

  Diluted earnings per share:
    Income available to common stock-
      holders plus assumed conversions         $ 4,643,952     23,451,243           $.20
                                               ===========    ===========           ====
</TABLE>

The Company granted options to purchase 483,100 shares of Common Stock at $5.05
per share during the year ended December 31, 1997. These options were not
included in computing the 1997 diluted per share data because to do so would
have resulted in increasing the earnings per share data as compared to the
amounts reported for the basic per share data.

In August 1998, the Company issued warrants to purchase 180,000 shares of Common
Stock at an exercise price of $8.00 per share. These warrants were not included
in computing the diluted per share data because to do so would have resulted in
increasing earnings per share data as compared to the amounts reported for the
basic per share data.


                                      -29-
<PAGE>

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--Continued

EQUIVEST FINANCE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTE P--SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOWS INFORMATION

The following supplemental cash flow information is provided for interest and
income taxes paid and for noncash transactions during the years ended December
31, 1996, 1997 and 1998:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             December 31,
                                                   1996          1997          1998
                                               -----------   -----------   -----------
<S>                                            <C>           <C>           <C>        
   Interest paid                               $ 6,223,101   $ 6,779,790   $ 7,381,529
                                                 
   Income taxes paid                               124,682       338,000       537,000
                                                 
   Noncash transactions:                         
     Conversion of related party debt to         
       Common Stock                                     --    24,970,079       360,743
     Payment of dividends on Series 2            
       Preferred Stock with shares of            
       Common Stock                                     --     1,096,500       454,333
     Issuance of Common Stock warrants in        
       consideration of credit agreement                --       289,666            --
     Conversion of preferred stock to            
       Common Stock                                     --         9,000        21,930
     Common Stock issued as part of Eastern      
       Resort's purchase                                --            --    15,360,000
     Change in par value of Common Stock from    
       $.05 to .01                                      --            --     1,007,945
</TABLE>

NOTE Q--PROPOSED SALE OF COMMON STOCK

Shares of Common Stock held by certain stockholders, including the shares held
by BFG and BMDC, and additional shares of previously unissued Common Stock are
in the process of registration for proposed sale to the public. Depending upon
the success of the Company's Offering, the Company intends to use its net
proceeds to repurchase its Series 2 Class A Redeemable Preferred Stock, to repay
certain existing indebtedness, for working capital and other corporate purposes.

NOTE R--PURCHASE OF EASTERN RESORTS

On August 28, 1998, Equivest acquired Eastern Resorts which is a developer and
operator of timeshare resorts in the New England area. The transaction was
accounted for as a purchase and, accordingly, the operating results of Eastern
have been included in the Company's consolidated financial statements since the
date of acquisition. The purchase price of $57.6 million was comprised of cash
of $15 million, 3.2 million shares of Equivest's Common Stock, assumption of
certain liabilities of $25.8 million and $1.4 million of costs of the
acquisition. The funds used were mostly provided by a short-term bridge loan
from a bank (see Note H). The purchase price exceeded the fair value of net
assets acquired by approximately $27.5 million, which is being amortized on a
straight line basis over 40 years.


                                      -30-
<PAGE>

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--Continued

EQUIVEST FINANCE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTE R--PURCHASE OF EASTERN RESORTS--Continued

The following unaudited pro forma consolidated results of operations for the
year ended December 31, 1997 and 1998 assumes the Eastern Resorts acquisition
occurred as of January 1, 1997 and 1998, respectively:

                                                       December 31,
                                                    1997           1998
                                                -----------    -----------
   Net revenue                                  $34,685,000    $46,466,000
   Net income                                     3,190,000      5,764,000
   Earnings per share:
     Basic                                          $.17           $.21
                                                    ====           ====
     Diluted                                        $.12           $.20
                                                    ====           ====

The pro forma amounts reflect the results of operations for the Company, the
acquired business and the elimination of revenues and costs and expenses between
the Company and Eastern Resorts. The pro forma results do not necessarily
represent results which would have occurred if the acquisition had actually
taken place on the basis assumed above, nor are they indicative of the results
of future combined operations.

NOTE S--SEGMENT INFORMATION

As a result of the acquisition of Eastern Resorts on August 28, 1998 the Company
has two reportable segments which are strategic business units that offer
different products and services within the timeshare resort industry. Each
segment is managed separately because each business requires different business
strategies. Through its financing operations, the Company provides financing to
resorts which includes consumer lending for timeshare intervals, hypothecation
loans to resort developers and resort acquisition and development loans. The
resort development segment acquires, develops and operates resort properties and
markets and sells timeshare intervals.

The accounting policies applied to determine the segment information are the
same as those described in the summary of significant accounting policies.
Interest expense is based on the specific debt incurred by each segment.
Intersegment interest is based on interest rates which are similar to those with
third parties. Management evaluates the performance of each segment based on
profit or loss from operations before income taxes.


                                      -31-
<PAGE>

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--Continued

EQUIVEST FINANCE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTE S--SEGMENT INFORMATION--Continued

Financial information with respect to each reportable segment for 1998 follows
(including the Resort Development segment from August 28, 1998):

                                                         Resort
                                         Financing    Development       Total
                                        ------------  ------------  ------------
   Revenues from external customers     $  1,039,384  $  8,198,540  $  9,237,924

   Intersegment revenues                     216,256            --       216,256

   Interest revenues                      20,356,156        42,468    20,398,624

   Interest expense                        7,204,254       248,130     7,452,384

   Depreciation and amortization           1,488,187       289,723     1,777,910

   Segment profit                          8,057,556     1,351,622     9,409,178

   Segment assets                        167,533,181    42,738,636   210,271,817

   Expenditures for segment assets            53,522        23,006        76,528

   Other significant non-cash items:

     Provision for doubtful receivables      791,349            --       791,349

   The following schedules are presented to reconcile amounts in the foregoing
   segment information to the amounts reported in the Company's consolidated
   financial statements:

   Revenue
     Total revenue of reportable segments                     $ 29,852,804
     Intersegment revenue                                         (216,256) 
                                                              ------------
          Consolidated revenue                                $ 29,636,548
                                                              ============
   Profit
     Total profit of reportable segments                      $  9,409,178
     Unallocated corporate expenses                               (895,226)
                                                              ------------
          Consolidated income before provision
             for income taxes                                 $  8,513,952
                                                              ============


                                      -32-
<PAGE>

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--Continued

EQUIVEST FINANCE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTE S--SEGMENT INFORMATION--Continued

   Assets
     Total assets of reportable segments                         $210,271,817
     Segment accounts receivable eliminated in consolidation      (14,867,474)
     Other unallocated amounts                                      1,980,120
                                                                 ------------
     Total Assets                                                $197,384,463
                                                                 ============

Reconciliation of Other Significant Items

                                         Reportable   Reconciling   Consolidated
                                          Segments       Items        Amounts
                                        -----------   -----------   -----------
   Interest revenue                     $20,398,624   $        --   $20,398,624

   Interest expense                       7,452,384         5,234     7,457,618

   Expenditures for assets                   76,528            --        76,528

   Depreciation and amortization          1,777,910       419,487     2,194,397

   Provision for doubtful receivables       791,349            --       791,349

      The reconciling items represent unallocated corporate expenses and
      intersegment charges eliminated in consolidation.

NOTE T--SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

Agreement to Acquire Resort Properties: On February 17, 1999 the Company signed
a definitive agreement to purchase six timeshare resorts, one resort development
site and related management contracts, timeshare interval receivables and
related operating assets. Final closing is subject to completion of due
diligence, title clearance, and similar matters. The agreement provides for a
cash payment of $4 million and assumption of approximately $60 million of the
seller's liabilities. The Company may assume a portion of certain additional
liabilities which are subject to additional negotiations. Additional contingent
consideration of up to 250,000 shares of Common Stock will be paid if the
purchased entities achieve certain earnings results over the four calendar
quarters following completion of the transaction.

Purchase of Real Property: At December 31, 1998, the Company was party to a
purchase and sales agreement, whereby the Company will purchase certain real
property located in Newport, Rhode Island for $1,000,000. Included in the
balance sheet at December 31, 1998 was a $50,000 down payment to be applied to
the purchase price. On January 4, 1999 the remaining balance of $950,000 was
remitted to the seller in consummation of the transaction.


                                      -33-
<PAGE>

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--Continued

EQUIVEST FINANCE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTE U--EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

The Company sponsors defined contribution profit sharing and 401(k) plans
covering substantially all employees. These plans permit employee contributions
up to 15% of compensation subject to statutory limitations. The Company makes
matching contributions which are subject to maximum percentages of the
employee's contribution and pay. It may also make discretionary contributions.
Matching contributions amounted to $-0- in 1996, $44,595 in 1997, and $41,311 in
1998. There were no discretionary contributions in those years.


                                      -34-

<PAGE>

      Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the
Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed by the undersigned hereunto
duly authorized.

                                        EQUIVEST FINANCE, INC.


                                        By: /s/ Gerald L. Klaben, Jr.
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            (Gerald L. Klaben, Jr., Chief
                                            Financial Officer)


                                                                              74
<PAGE>

                                INDEX TO EXHIBITS

Exhibit No.:                              Exhibit
- ------------                              -------

   3.1            Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation

   3.2            By-laws

   10.9           Resort Funding, Inc Profit Sharing & 401k Plan (incorporated
                  by reference to the Company's 1997 Form 10KSB)

   10.10          Eastern Resorts Company LLC Profit Sharing & 401k Plan

   10.11          Receivables Financing Facility extended by Holland Limited
                  Securitization, Inc. and Internationale Nederlanden (U.S.)
                  Capital Markets, Inc. to Bennett Funding International, Ltd.
                  and BFICP Corporation (incorporated by reference to the
                  Company's 1997 Form 10-KSB)

   10.12          Assignment, Release and Custodial Agreement between Resort
                  Funding, Inc., BFICP Corporation, Credit Suisse First Boston
                  Mortgage Capital LLC, ING (U.S.) Capital Markets Corporation,
                  ING (U.S.) Capital Markets, Inc., Holland Limited
                  Securitization, Inc., First Trust of New York, N.A. and
                  Concord Servicing Corporation (incorporated by reference to
                  the Company's 1997 Form 10-KSB)

   10.13          $75,000,000 Receivables Financing Facility extended by Credit
                  Suisse First Boston Mortgage Capital LLC to Resort Funding,
                  Inc. (incorporated by reference to the Company's 1997 Form
                  10-KSB)

   10.14          $30,000,000 Acquisition and Development Financing Facility
                  extended by Credit Suisse First Boston Mortgage Capital LLC to
                  Resort Funding, Inc. (incorporated by reference to the
                  Company's 1997 Form 10-KSB)

   10.15          Employment Agreement dated May 29, 1997, by and between Thomas
                  J. Hamel and Richard C. Breeden, as Trustee10.11 (incorporated
                  by reference to the Company's 1997 Form 10-KSB)

   10.16          Employment Agreement dated July 26, 1996 by and between Gerald
                  L. Klaben, Jr. and Richard C. Breeden, as Trustee
                  (incorporated by reference to the Company's 1997 Form 10-KSB)

   10.17          Employment Agreement dated as of August 24, 1998, between ERC
                  and R. Perry Harris (incorporated by reference to the
                  Company's Form 8-K filed September 11, 1998).

   10.18          Purchase Agreement among Equivest Finance, Inc. and Kosmas
                  Group International, Inc., Avenue Plaza, LLC, Ocean City
                  Coconut Malorie Resort, Inc., Capital City Suites, Inc.,
                  Kosmas Caribbean


                                                                              75
<PAGE>

                  Holding Corporation, Steven Kosmas, Paul Kosmas, Nicholas
                  Kosmas and Chip Gordy, dated as of February 16, 1999
                  (incorporated by reference to the Company's Form 8-K filed
                  February 23, 1999).

   11.            Computation of earnings per share. See Notes to Consolidated
                  Financial Statements.


                                                                              76



                              AMENDED AND RESTATED

                          CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

                                       OF

                         EQUIVEST REINCORPORATION, INC.

            EQUIVEST REINCORPORATION, INC., a corporation organized and existing
under the laws of the State of Delaware (hereinafter referred to as the
"Corporation"), hereby certifies as follows:

            (1) The name of the Corporation is Equivest Reincorporation, Inc.
      The original Certificate of Incorporation was filed on December 1, 1998.
      The name under which the Corporation was originally incorporated was also
      "Equivest Reincorporation, Inc."

            (2) This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation amends
      and restates in its entirety the Certificate of Incorporation of the
      Corporation.

            (3) Pursuant to Sections 245 and 253(b) of the General Corporation
      Law of the State of Delaware, the text of the Certificate of Incorporation
      is hereby amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

                                   ARTICLE I.

                                 Name of Company

            The name of this corporation shall be EQUIVEST FINANCE, INC. (the
"Corporation").

                                    ARTICLE II.

                           General Nature of Business

              The Corporation may engage in any activity or business permitted
  under the laws of the United States and of the State of Delaware.

<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE III.

                                 Capitalization

            The amount of the authorized capital stock of the Corporation shall
be as follows:

            A. 50,000,000 shares of common stock at a par value of $.01 per
share and

            B. 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock at a par value of $3.00 per
share. The Board of Directors is vested with authority to divide the authorized
preferred stock into one or more series of such shares and to fix and determine
the relative rights and preferences of any such series. A series of such
shares may, among other matters, establish (i) the number of preferred shares to
constitute such series and the distinct designations thereof; (ii) the rate and
preference of dividends, if any, the time of payment of dividends, whether
dividends are cumulative and the date from which any dividend shall accrue;
(iii) the liquidation preferences payable on preferred shares in the event of
involuntary or voluntary liquidation; and (iv) voting rights, if any. The Board
of Directors, without the approval of the Corporation's shareholders, has the
power to authorize the issuance of preferred stock with voting and conversion
rights which could adversely affect the voting power of the common stock (the
"Common Stock").

            Pursuant to the authority conferred upon the Board of Directors
under this Article, there is hereby established a series of authorized preferred
stock of the Corporation having a par value of $3.00 per share (the "Preferred
Stock"), which series shall be designated as Series 2 Class A Preferred Stock
(the "Series 2 Preferred Stock") and shall consist of fifteen thousand (15,000)
shares.

            The relative rights and preferences of the shares of the Series 2
Preferred Stock of the Corporation shall be as follows:

            a. Rank. The Series 2 Preferred Stock shall, with respect to
      dividend rights and rights on liquidation, winding up and dissolution,
      rank senior to all other series and classes of capital stock of the
      Corporation, whether such series and classes are now existing or are
      created in the future.

            b. Dividends. (1) The holders of the shares of Series 2 Preferred
      Stock shall be entitled to receive dividends when and as declared by the
      Board of Directors out of funds legally available therefor, provided, that
      no dividends shall be declared with respect to the Series 2 Preferred
      Stock except as required by subparagraph b(4)(b) or b(5) hereof. Such
      dividends shall be paid at the Corporation's discretion (i) in cash, (ii)
      by the issuance of that number of whole shares of Common Stock computed by
      dividing the amount of the dividend by the market price applicable to such
      dividend or (iii) by the issuance of that number of whole shares of Series
      2 Preferred Stock at the Liquidation


                                       2
<PAGE>

      Value (as defined hereafter). For the purposes of this Section b, "market
      price" shall mean (i) the average of the daily closing sale prices of the
      Common Stock for a period of the last ten (10) consecutive trading days
      preceding the date of calculating the market price, if available, or (ii)
      the average of the daily closing bid and asked prices of the Common Stock
      for a period of the last ten (10) consecutive trading days preceding the
      date of calculating the market price. The closing price for each trading
      day shall be for any period during which the Common Stock shall be listed
      for trading on a national securities exchange, the last reported price per
      share of the Common Stock as reported by the primary stock exchange or the
      NASDAQ Stock Market, if the Common Stock is quoted on the NASDAQ Stock
      Market. Such dividends shall be paid to the holders of record of the
      Series 2 Preferred Stock at the close of business on the date specified by
      the Board of Directors of the Corporation at the time such dividend is
      declared; provided, however, that such date shall not be more than 60 nor
      less than 10 days prior to the respective dividend payment date.

      (2) All dividends paid with respect to shares of Series 2 Preferred Stock
      pursuant to paragraph b(1) shall be paid pro-rata to the holders entitled
      thereto.

      (3) Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, no cash
      dividends on shares of the Series 2 Preferred Stock shall be declared by
      the Board of Directors or paid or set apart for payment by the Corporation
      at such time as the terms and provisions of any agreement of the
      Corporation, including any agreement relating to its indebtedness,
      specifically prohibits such declaration, payment or setting apart for
      payment or provides that such declaration, payment or setting apart for
      payment would constitute a breach thereof or a default thereunder;
      provided, however, that nothing herein contained shall in any way or under
      any circumstances, except as expressly described herein, be construed or
      deemed to require the Board of Directors to declare or the Corporation to
      pay or set apart for payment any dividends on shares of the Series 2
      Preferred Stock at any time, whether permitted by any of such agreements
      or not.

      (4)(a) Holders of shares of the Series 2 Preferred Stock shall be entitled
      to receive the dividends provided for in paragraph b(1) hereof in
      preference to and in priority over any dividends upon the Common Stock.

              (b) So long as any shares of the Series 2 Preferred Stock are
              outstanding, the Corporation shall not declare, pay or set apart
              for payment any dividend on any of the Common Stock or on any
              other capital stock of the Corporation ranking junior to the
              Series 2 Preferred Stock or any warrants, rights, calls or options
              exercisable for the Common Stock or make any distribution in
              respect thereof, either directly or indirectly, and whether in
              cash, obligations or shares of the Corporation or other property
              (other than distributions or dividends in Common Stock to the
              holders of such stock), and shall not permit any corporation or
              other entity directly


                                       3
<PAGE>

            or indirectly controlled by the Corporation to purchase any of the
            Common Stock or any warrants, rights, calls or options exercisable
            for the Common Stock, unless prior to or concurrently with such
            declaration, payment, setting apart for payment, purchase or
            distribution, as the case may be, all dividends accrued on the
            Series 2 Preferred Stock but unpaid through the most recent
            "dividend payment date" as defined in subparagraph b(5) hereof have
            been paid or set apart for payment.

      (5) From and after the date of the issuance of shares of Series 2
      Preferred Stock, holders of the shares of the Series 2 Preferred Stock
      shall be entitled to receive, when and as declared by the Board of
      Directors, out of funds legally available for the payment of dividends, in
      addition to the dividends required pursuant to subparagraph b(4)(b)
      hereof, cumulative dividends at the annual rate of $60 per share, in equal
      (except for the first such dividend amount) quarterly payments on March
      31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 (each of such dates being a
      "dividend payment date") in each year with respect to the three month
      period ending on the last day of the month in which the dividend payment
      date occurs. Each of such quarterly dividends shall be fully cumulative
      and shall accrue (whether or not declared), without interest, from the
      first day of the three-month period in which such dividend may be payable
      as herein provided, except that, with respect to the first quarterly
      dividend, such dividend shall accrue from the date of issuance of such
      shares of Series 2 Preferred Stock.

      (6) Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section b, the Board of
      Directors may declare and the Corporation may pay or set apart for payment
      dividends and other distributions on the Common Stock and may purchase or
      otherwise redeem any warrants, rights or options exercisable for Common
      Stock, and the holders of the shares of the Series 2 Preferred Stock shall
      not be entitled to share therein.

            c. Liquidation Preference. (1) In the event of any voluntary or
      involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the
      Corporation, the holders of shares of Series 2 Preferred Stock then
      outstanding shall be entitled to be paid ratably out of the assets of the
      Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders after the
      payment or provision for any payment of amounts due to holders of
      securities ranking senior to the Series 2 Preferred Stock an aggregate
      amount in cash equal to $1,000 per share (the "Liquidation Value"), plus
      all accrued and unpaid dividends, whether or not such accrued and unpaid
      dividends have been declared by the Board of Directors of the Corporation,
      before any payment shall be made or any assets distributed to the holders
      of the Common Stock.

      (2) For the purposes of this Section c, the voluntary sale, conveyance,
      exchange or transfer (for cash, shares of stock, securities or other
      consideration) of all or any substantial part of the property or assets of
      the Corporation or the consolidation or merger of the Corporation with one
      or more corporations shall be deemed to be a liquidation,


                                       4
<PAGE>

      dissolution or winding up, voluntary or involuntary, of the affairs of the
      Corporation for purposes of determining the relative amounts of
      consideration to be paid to the holders of any class of capital stock of
      the Corporation.

            d. Voting Rights. For all the shares of Series 2 Preferred Stock
      held, the holders thereof shall in the aggregate be entitled to that
      number of votes which is equal to twenty percent (20%) of the total number
      of votes of the Corporation, taking into account shares of Common Stock
      and any other series and classes of capital stock of the Corporation,
      whether such series and classes are now existing or are created in the
      future, on all matters presented to the stockholders of the Corporation
      for their vote. Except as otherwise provided by law or the Certificate of
      Incorporation of the Corporation, as amended hereby and as hereafter
      amended from time to time, the holders of Series 2 Preferred Stock shall
      vote with the holders of the outstanding Common Stock and any other series
      or class of capital stock entitled to vote on such matter and not as a
      separate class or series.

      (1) So long as any shares of the Series 2 Preferred Stock remain
      outstanding, the Corporation will not, either directly or indirectly or
      through merger or consolidation with any other corporation, without the
      affirmative vote at a meeting or the written consent with or without a
      meeting of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the shares of Series 2
      Preferred Stock then outstanding, amend, alter or repeal any of the
      provisions of the Statement establishing the Series 2 Preferred Stock or
      the Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, of the Corporation, or
      authorize any reclassification of the Series 2 Preferred Stock, so as in
      any such case to affect adversely the preferences, special rights or
      powers of the Series 2 Preferred Stock, or authorized any capital stock of
      the Corporation ranking, either as to payment of dividends or upon
      liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, prior to the
      Series 2 Preferred Stock.

      (2) So long as any shares of the Series 2 Preferred Stock remain
      outstanding, the Corporation will not, either directly or indirectly or
      through merger or consolidation with any other corporation, without the
      affirmative vote at a meeting or the written consent with or without a
      meeting of stockholders of at least 66 2/3% in voting power of shares of
      the Series 2 Preferred Stock then outstanding, increase the authorized
      number of shares of Series 2 Preferred Stock or create, or increase the
      authorized number of shares of, any other class of capital stock of the
      Corporation ranking on a parity with the Series 2 Preferred Stock either
      as to payment of dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up
      of the Corporation.

      (3) No consent of holders of the Series 2 Preferred Stock shall be
      required for (i) the creation of any indebtedness of any kind of the
      Corporation or (ii) the issuance or any Common Stock of the Corporation.


                                       5
<PAGE>

            e. Redemption. (1) The Corporation may, at its option, redeem shares
      of Series 2 Preferred Stock issued at any time after the seventh
      anniversary of the issuance of the Series 2 Preferred Stock in accordance
      with this Section e. To effect such redemption, the Corporation shall pay
      a sum in cash equal to the Liquidation Value (the "Redemption Price"). The
      date fixed for redemption as provided in this Section e(1) is referred to
      herein as the "Redemption Date."

      (2) Not less than thirty (30) nor more than ninety (90) days before the
      Redemption Date, written notice (the "Redemption Notice") shall be given
      by mail, postage prepaid, to the holders of record of Series 2 Preferred
      Stock to be redeemed at their respective address as shown on the records
      of the Corporation, specifying the number of shares of Series 2 Preferred
      Stock to be redeemed, the Redemption Price, the place and date of such
      redemption and the name and address of the Corporation's transfer agent
      for the Series 2 Preferred Stock. The Redemption Price for the shares of
      Series 2 Preferred Stock to be redeemed shall be paid on or after the
      Redemption Date, upon surrender of the certificate of certificates
      evidencing such shares. If the Redemption Notice shall have been duly
      given and if on or before the Redemption Date the funds necessary for
      redemption shall have been set aside so as to be available therefor, then,
      notwithstanding that any certificate evidencing shares of Series 2
      Preferred Stock to be redeemed shall not have been surrendered for
      cancellation, after the close of business on the Redemption Date, the
      shares of Series 2 Preferred Stock shall no longer be deemed outstanding,
      the dividends thereon shall cease to accrue, and all rights with respect
      to such shares shall cease after the close of business on the Redemption
      Date, except for the right of the holders thereof to receive upon
      presentation of the certificate or certificates evidencing shares so
      called for redemption, the Redemption Price therefor, payable to or on the
      order of the person whose name appears on such certificates or
      certificates as the owner thereof, without interest thereon.

      (3) If the funds of the Corporation legally available for redemption are
      insufficient to redeem the total number of shares of Series 2 Preferred
      Stock and other shares of any other series of redeemable preferred stock
      to be redeemed on any Redemption Date, the funds that are legally
      available shall be used to redeem shares of Series 2 Preferred Stock and
      all shares of any such other series to be redeemed on such date on a pro
      rata basis among the holders of such shares in proportion to the number of
      shares then held by such holders.

            f. Notice. The holders of shares of the Series 2 Preferred Stock
      shall receive notice not less than thirty (30) days before the occurrence
      of any of the following: (i) the declaration of any record date; and (ii)
      any meeting of the holders of shares of the Common Stock called by the
      Corporations' Board of Directors (which notice must set forth in
      reasonable detail the business to be transacted at such meeting).


                                       6
<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE IV.

                               Corporate Existence

            This Corporation shall have perpetual existence unless sooner
dissolved according to law. 

                                   ARTICLE V.

                               Number of Directors

            The number of directors of this Corporation shall be at least one
(1).

                                   ARTICLE VI.

                     Registered Office and Registered Agent

            The registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is
Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, in the City of Wilmington, County
of New Castle. The name of the registered agent of the Corporation at such
address is The Corporation Trust Company.

                                  ARTICLE VII.

                           Denial of Preemptive Rights

            No shareholders of the Corporation shall have a preemptive right
because of his shareholding to have first offered to him any part of any of the
presently authorized shares of this Corporation hereafter issued, optioned or
sold, or any part of any debenture, bonds, notes, or securities of this
Corporation convertible into shares hereafter issued, optioned, or sold by this
Corporation. This provision shall operate to defeat rights in all shares and
classes of shares not authorized and in all debentures, bonds, notes, or
securities of the Corporation which may be convertible into shares, and also to
defeat preemptive right in any and all shares and classes of shares and
securities convertible into shares which this Corporation may be hereafter
authorized to issue by any amended certificate duly filed. Thus, any and all of
the shares of this Corporation presently authorized, and any and all debentures,
bonds, notes or securities of this Corporation convertible into shares and any
and all of the shares of this Corporation which may hereafter be authorized, any
at any time be issued, optioned, and contracted for sale, and/or sold and
disposed of by direction of the Board of Directors of the Corporation to such
persons, and upon such terms and conditions as may to the Board of Directors
seem proper and advisable, without first offering the said shares or securities
or any part thereof to existing shareholders.


                                       7
<PAGE>

            IN WITNESS WHEREOF, said Equivest Reincorporation, Inc. has caused
this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by Richard
C. Breeden, its Chairman and Chief Executive Officer this 3rd day of December,
1998.

                               EQUIVEST REINCORPORATION, INC.


                               By Richard C. Breeden
                                  ------------------------------
                                  Name:  Richard C. Breeden
                                  Tide:  Chairman and Chief Executive Officer



                                     BY-LAWS

                                       OF

                         EQUIVEST REINCORPORATION, INC.
                            (A Delaware Corporation)


<PAGE>

                         EQUIVEST REINCORPORATION, INC.

                                     BY-LAWS

                                    ARTICLE I

                                     OFFICES

            Section 1. The registered office shall be at such place within the
State of Delaware as the board of directors may, from time to time, determine.

            Section 2. The corporation may also have offices, including its
principal executive offices, at such other places both within and without the
State of Delaware as the board of directors may from time to time determine or
the business of the corporation may require.

                                   ARTICLE II

                            MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

            Section 1. All meetings of the stockholders for the election of
directors shall be held in the State of Delaware, at such place as may be fixed,
from time to time by the board of directors, or at such other place either
within or without the State of Delaware as shall be designated from time to time
by the board of directors and stated in the notice of the meeting. Meetings of
stockholders for any other purpose may be held at such time and place, within or
without the State of Delaware, as shall be stated in the notice of the meeting
or in a duly executed waiver of notice thereof.

            Section 2. Annual meetings of stockholders shall be held on the
fifteenth day of the fifth month following the end of each fiscal year or as
soon thereafter as practicable, but in no case more than 13 months since the
last meeting, as shall be designated from time to time by the board of directors
and stated in the notice of the meeting, at which they shall elect by a
plurality vote a board of directors, and transact such other business as may
properly be brought before the meeting.

            Section 3. Written notice of the annual meeting stating place, date
and hour of the meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to
vote at such meeting not less than ten nor more than sixty days before the date
of the meeting, either personally or by first class mail, by or at the direction
of the president, the secretary, or the officer or persons calling the meeting.
If the notice is mailed at least thirty days before the date of the meeting, it
may be done by a class of the United States mail other than first class. If
mailed such notice shall be deemed


<PAGE>

to be delivered when deposited in the United States mail addressed to the
shareholder at his address as it appears on the stock transfer books of the
corporation with postage thereon prepaid.

            Section 4. The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the
corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten days before every meeting of
stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the
meeting or an adjournment thereof, arranged in alphabetical order and showing
the address of each stockholder and the number of, class and series of shares
registered in the name of each voting stockholder entitled to vote. Such list
shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose (germane to
the meeting), during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten days
prior to the meeting, either at the registered office of the corporation, at the
principal place of business of the corporation, or at the office of the transfer
agent or registrar of the corporation. The list shall also be produced and kept
at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be
inspected by any stockholder who is present.

            Section 5. Special meetings of the stockholders for any purpose or
purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by statute or by the certificate of
incorporation, may be called by the chairman of the board of directors or the
president or the board of directors, holders of not less than one-tenth of all
shares entitled to vote at the meeting, or such other persons or group as may be
authorized by the certificate of incorporation or these by-laws. Such request
shall state the purpose or purposes of the proposed meeting.

            Section 6. Written notice of a special meeting stating the place,
date and hour of the meeting and the purpose or purposes for which the meeting
is called, shall be given not less than ten nor more than sixty days before the
date of the meeting, to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting,
either personally or by first class mail, by or at the direction of the
president, the secretary, or the officer or persons calling the meeting. If the
notice is mailed at least thirty days before the date of the meeting, it may be
done by a class of the United States mail other than first class. If mailed such
notice shall be deemed to be delivered when deposited in the United States mail
addressed to the shareholder at his address as it appears on the stock transfer
books of the corporation with postage thereon prepaid.

            Section 7. Business transaction at any special meeting of
stockholders shall be limited to the purposes stated in the notice.

            Section 8. The holders of a majority of the stock issued and
outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by
proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders for the
transaction of business except as otherwise provided by statute or by the
certificate of incorporation, but in no event shall a quorum consist of less
than one-third of the shares entitled to vote at the meeting. When a specified
item of business is required to be voted on by a class or series of stock, a
majority of the shares of such class or series shall constitute a quorum for the
transaction of such item of business by that class or series. If, however, such
quorum shall not be present or represented at any meeting of the


                                        2
<PAGE>

stockholders, the stockholders entitled to vote thereat, present in person or
represented by proxy. shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time,
without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be
present or represented. At such adjourned meeting, at which a quorum shall be
present or represented, any business may be transacted which might have been
transacted at the meeting as originally notified. If the adjournment is for more
than thirty days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the
adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each
stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

            Section 9. When a quorum is present at any meeting, the vote of the
holders of a majority of the stock having voting power present in person or
represented by proxy shall decide any question brought before such meeting and
shall be the act of the stockholders, unless the question is one upon which by
express provision of the statutes, of the certificate of incorporation or other
provisions of the by-laws, a different vote is required in which case such
express provision shall govern and control the decision of such question.

            Section 10. Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of
incorporation each stockholder shall at every meeting of the stockholders be
entitled to one vote in person or by proxy executed in writing for each share of
the capital stock having voting power held by such stockholder, but no proxy
shall be voted on after 11 months from its date, unless the proxy provides for a
longer period.

            Section 11. Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of
incorporation, any action required to be taken at any annual or special meeting
of such stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and
without a vote, if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken,
shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the
minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action
at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and
voted. Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by
less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who
have not consented in writing.

            Section 12. At each meeting of the stockholders, the chairman of the
board, or in his absence or inability to act, any person chosen by the majority
of those stockholders present in person or represented by proxy shall act as
chairman of the meeting. The secretary or, in his absence or inability to act,
any person appointed by the chairman of the meeting shall act as secretary of
the meeting and keep the minutes thereof.

            Section 13. The board may, in advance of any meeting of
stockholders, appoint one or more inspectors to act at such meeting or any
adjournment thereof. If the inspectors shall not be so appointed or if any of
them shall fail to appear or act, the chairman of the meeting shall appoint
inspectors. Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge of his duties,
shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of inspector at
such meeting with strict impartiality and according to the best of his ability.
The inspectors shall determine the number of


                                        3
<PAGE>

shares outstanding and the voting power of each, the number of shares
represented at the meeting, the existence of a quorum, the validity and effect
of proxies, and shall receive votes, ballots or consents, hear and determine all
challenges and questions arising in connection with the right to vote, count and
tabulate all votes, ballots or consents, determine the result, and do such acts
as are proper to conduct the election or vote with fairness to all stockholders.
On request of the chairman of the meeting or any stockholder entitled to vote
thereat, the inspectors shall make a report in writing of any challenge,
question or matter determined by them and shall execute a certificate of any
fact found by them. No director or candidate for the office of director shall
act as an inspector of an election of directors. Inspectors need not be
stockholders.

                                   ARTICLE III

                                    DIRECTORS

            Section 1. The number of directors which shall constitute the whole
board shall be not less than one nor more than nine. The number of directors
shall be determined by resolution of the board of directors or by the
stockholders at the annual meeting of the stockholders, except as provided in
Section 2 of this Article, and each director elected shall hold office until his
successor is elected and qualified. Directors need not be stockholders.

            Section 2. Vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from
any increase in the authorized number of directors may be filled by a majority
of the directors then in office, though less than a quorum, or by a sole
remaining director, and the directors so chosen shall hold office until the next
annual election and until their successors are duly elected and shall qualify,
unless sooner displaced. If there are no directors in office, then an election
of directors may be held in the manner provided by statute.

            Section 3. The business of the corporation shall be managed by its
board of directors which may exercise all such powers of the corporation and do
all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute or by the certificate of
incorporation or by these by-laws directed or required to be exercised or done
by the stockholders.

                       MEETINGS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

            Section 4. The board of directors of the corporation may hold
meetings, both regular and special, either within or without the State of
Delaware.

            Section 5. The first meeting of each newly elected board of
directors shall be held immediately following the annual meeting of stockholders
at the place of such annual meeting of stockholders and no notice of such
meeting shall be necessary to the newly elected directors in order legally to
constitute the meeting, provided a quorum shall be present. In the event such
meeting is not held immediately following the annual meeting of stockholders at
the place of


                                        4
<PAGE>

such annual meeting of stockholders, the meeting may be held at such time and
place as shall be specified in a notice given as hereinafter provided for
special meetings of the board of directors, or as shall be specified in a
written waiver signed by all of the directors.

            Section 6. Regular meetings of the board of directors may be held
without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be
determined by the board.

            Section 7. Special meetings of the board may be called by the
president on one day's notice to each director, either personally or by mail or
by telegram; special meetings shall be called by the president or secretary in
like manner and on like notice on the written request of two directors (one
director in the event that there be a single director in office).

            Section 8. At all meetings of the board a majority of the directors
shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and the act of a
majority of the directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum
shall be the act of the board of directors, except as may be otherwise
specifically provided by statute or by the certificate of incorporation. If a
quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the board of directors the
directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without
notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

            Section 9. Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of
incorporation or these by-laws, any action required or permitted to be taken at
any meeting of the board of directors or of any committee thereof may be taken
without a meeting, if all members of the board or committee, as the case may be,
consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the
minutes of proceedings of the board or committee.

            Section 10. Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of
incorporation or these by-laws, members of the board of directors, or any
committee designated by the board of directors, may participate in a meeting of
the board of directors, or any committee, by means of conference telephone or
similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in
the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall
constitute presence in person at the meeting.

            Section 11. No contract or other transaction between this
corporation and any other corporation shall be void or voidable nor shall any
director be liable in any way by reason of the fact that any one or more of the
directors of this corporation is or are interested in, or is a director or
officer, or are directors of such other corporation, provided that such facts
are disclosed or made known to the board of directors or the contract is fair
and reasonable as to the corporation at the time it is authorized by its board,
a committee or the stockholders.

            Any director, personally and individually, may be a party to or may
be interested in any contract or transaction of this corporation, and no
director shall be liable in any way by reason of such interest, provided that
the fact of such interest be disclosed or made known to the


                                        5
<PAGE>

board of directors, and provided that the board of directors shall authorize,
approve or ratify such contract or transaction by the vote (not counting the
vote of any such director) of a majority of a quorum, notwithstanding the
presence of any such director at the meeting at which such action is taken. Such
director or directors may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at
such meeting. This Section shall not be construed to impair or invalidate or in
any way affect any contract or other transaction which would otherwise be valid
under the law (common, statutory or otherwise) applicable thereto.

                             COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS

            Section 12. The board of directors may, by resolution passed by a
majority of the whole board, designate one or more committees, each committee to
consist of one or more of the directors of the corporation. The board may
designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may
replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In
the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or
members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether
or not he or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of
the board of directors to act at a meeting in the place of any such absent or
disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the
resolution of the board of directors, shall have and may exercise all the powers
and authority of the board of directors in the management of the business and
affairs of the corporation, and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be
affixed to all papers which may require it; but no such committee shall have the
power or authority in reference to approve or recommend to shareholders actions
or proposals required by this chapter to be approved by shareholders; designate
candidates for the office of director for purposes of proxy solicitation or
otherwise; fill vacancies on the board of directors or any committee thereof;
amend the by-laws; authorize or approve the requisition of shares unless
pursuant to a general formula or method specified by the board of directors;
authorize or approve the issuance or sale of or any contract to issue or sell
shares or designate the terms of a series of a class of shares except that the
board of directors having acted regarding general authorization for the issuance
or sale of shares or any contract therefor and in the case of a series of
designation thereof may. pursuant to a general formula or method specified by
the board by resolution or by adoption of a stock option or other plan,
authorizing the committee to fix the terms of any contract for the sale of the
shares and to fix the terms upon which such shares may be issued or sold,
including, without limitation, the price, the rate or manner of payment of
dividends, provisions for redemption, sinking fund, conversion and voting or
preferential rights, and provisions for other features of a class of shares, or
a series of a class of shares with full power and such committee to adopt any
final resolution setting forth all the terms thereof an to authorize the
statement of the terms of a series for filing with the Department of State under
the Delaware General Corporation Law. Such committee or committees shall have
such name or names as may be determined from time to time by resolution adopted
by the board of directors. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its
meetings and report the same to the board of directors when required.


                                        6
<PAGE>

                            COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS

            Section 13. Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of
incorporation or these by-laws, the board of directors shall have the authority
to fix the compensation of directors. The directors may be paid their expenses,
if any, of attendance at each meeting of the board of directors and may be paid
a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the board of directors or a stated
salary as director. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the
corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members
of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for attending
committee meetings.

                              REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS

            Section 14. Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of
incorporation or bylaws, any director or the entire board of directors may be
removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of shares entitled
to vote at an election of directors.

                                   ARTICLE IV

                                     NOTICES

            Section 1. Whenever, under the provisions of the statutes or of the
certificate of incorporation or of these by-laws, notice is required to be given
to any director or stockholder, it shall not be construed to mean personal
notice, but such notice may be given in writing, by mail, addressed to such
director or stockholder, at his address as it appears on the records of the
corporation, with postage thereon prepaid, and such notice shall be deemed to be
given at the time when the same shall be deposited in the United States mail.
Notice to directors may also be given by telegram. If the notice is mailed at
least thirty days before the date of a meeting, it may be done by a class of the
United States Mail other than first class.

            Section 2. Whenever any notice is required to be given under the
provisions of the statutes or of the certificate of incorporation or of these
by-laws, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled
to said notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed
equivalent thereto.

                                    ARTICLE V

                                    OFFICERS

            Section 1. The officers of the corporation shall be chosen by the
board of directors and shall be a president, a vice-president, a secretary and a
treasurer. The board of directors may also choose a chairman, vice-chairman,
additional vice-presidents, and one or more 


                                       7
<PAGE>

assistant secretaries and assistant treasurers. Any number of offices may be
held by the same person, unless the certificate of incorporation or these
by-laws otherwise provide.

            Section 2. The board of directors at its first meeting after each
annual meeting of stockholders shall choose a president, one or more
vice-presidents, a secretary and a treasurer.

            Section 3. The board of directors may appoint such other officers
and agents as it shall deem necessary who shall hold their offices for such
terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be
determined from time to time by the board.

            Section 4. The salaries of all officers and agents of the
corporation shall be fixed by the board of directors.

            Section 5. The officers of the corporation shall hold office until
their successors are chosen and qualify. Any officer elected or appointed by the
board of directors may be removed at any time by the affirmative vote of a
majority of the board of directors. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the
corporation shall be filled by the board of directors.

                   THE CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD AND THE PRESIDENT

            Section 6. The chairman of the board, if any, shall be the chief
executive officer of the corporation and shall have general and active
management of the business of the corporation and general and active supervision
and direction over the other offices, agents and employees and shall see that
their duties are properly performed. He shall, if present, preside at each
meeting of the stockholders and of the board and shall be an ex officio member
of all committees of the board. He shall perform all duties incident to the
office of chairman of the board and chief executive officer and such other
duties as may from time to time be assigned to him by the board.

            The president shall be the chief operating officer (and if there is
no chairman of the board, then also the chief executive officer) of the
corporation and shall have general and active supervision and direction over the
business operations and affairs of the corporation and over its several
officers, agents and employees, subject, however, to the direction of the
chairman of the board and the control of the board of directors. At the request
of chairman of the board, or in the case of his absence or inability to act, the
president shall perform the duties of the chairman of the board and when so
acting, shall have all the powers of, and be subject to all the restrictions
upon, the chairman of the board. In general, the president shall have such other
powers and shall perform such other duties as usually pertaining to office of
president or as from time to time may be assigned to him by the board, the
chairman of the board or these by-laws.

            Section 7. The chairman or president shall execute bonds, mortgages
and other contracts requiring a seal, under the seal of the corporation, except
where required or permitted by law to be otherwise signed and executed and
except where the signing and execution thereof


                                        8
<PAGE>

shall be expressly delegated by the board of directors to some other officer or
agent of the corporation.

                               THE VICE PRESIDENTS

            Section 8. In the absence of the president or in the event of his
inability or refusal to act, the vice president (or in the event there be more
than one vice president, the vice presidents in the order designated by the
directors, or in the absence of any designation, then in the order of their
election) shall perform the duties of the president, and when so acting, shall
have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the
president. The vice presidents shall perform such other duties and have such
other powers as the board of directors may from time to time prescribe.

                     THE SECRETARY AND ASSISTANT SECRETARIES

            Section 9. The secretary shall attend all meetings of the board of
directors and all meetings of the stockholders and record all the proceedings of
the meetings of the corporation and of the board of directors in a book to be
kept for that purpose and shall perform like duties for the standing committees
when required. He shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of
the stockholders and special meetings of the board of directors, and shall
perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the board of directors or
president, under whose supervision he shall be. He shall have custody of the
corporate seal of the corporation and he, or an assistant, secretary, shall have
the authority to affix the same to any instrument requiring it and when so
affixed, it may be attested by his signature or by the signature of such
assistant secretary. The board of directors may give general authority to any
other officer to affix the seal of the corporation and to attest the affixing by
his signature.

            Section 10. The assistant secretary, or if there be more than one,
the assistant secretaries in the order determined by the board of directors (or
if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election), shall,
in the absence of the secretary or in the event of his inability or refusal to
act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the secretary and shall
perform such other duties and have such other powers as the board of directors
may from time to time prescribe.

                     THE TREASURER AND ASSISTANT TREASURERS

            Section 11. The treasurer shall have the custody of the corporate
funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and
disbursements in books belonging to the corporation and shall deposit all moneys
and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the corporation in
such depositories as may be designated by the board of directors.


                                        9
<PAGE>

            Section 12. He shall disburse the funds of the corporation as may be
ordered by the board of directors, taking proper vouchers for such
disbursements, and shall render to the president and the board of directors, at
its regular meetings. or when the board of directors so requires, an account of
all its transactions as treasurer and of the financial condition of the
corporation.

            Section 13. If required by the board of directors, he shall give the
corporation a bond (which shall be renewed every six years) in such sum and with
such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the board of directors for
the faithful performance of the duties of his office and for the restoration to
the corporation, in case of his death, resignation, retirement or removal from
office, of all books, papers, vouchers, money and other property of whatever
kind in his possession or under his control belonging to the corporation.

            Section 14. The assistant treasurer, or if there shall be more than
one, the assistant treasurers in the order determined by the board of directors
(or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election),
shall, in the absence of the treasurer or in the event of his inability or
refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the treasurer and
shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the board of
directors may from time to time prescribe.

                                   ARTICLE VI

                              CERTIFICATES OF STOCK

            Section 1. Every holder of stock in the corporation shall be
entitled to have a certificate, signed by, or in the name of the corporation by,
the president or a vice-president and the secretary or an assistant secretary of
the corporation, and may be sealed with the seal of the corporation or facsimile
thereof, certifying the number of shares owned by him in the corporation.

            If the corporation shall be authorized to issue more than one class
of stock or more than one series of any class, the powers, designations,
preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of
each class of stock or series thereof and the qualification, limitations or
restrictions of such preferences and/or rights shall be set forth in full or
summarized on the face or back of the certificate which the corporation shall
issue to represent such class or series of stock, provided that, except as
otherwise provided by statute, in lieu of the foregoing requirements, there may
be set forth on the face or back of the certificate which the corporation shall
issue to represent such class or series of stock, a statement that the
corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the
powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other
special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications,
limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights.


                                       10
<PAGE>

            Section 2. Any of or all the signatures on the certificate may be
facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or
whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased
to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is
issued, it may be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if he were
such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

            Section 3. Each certificate representing shares shall state upon the
face thereof the name of the corporation, that the corporation is organized
under the laws of the State of Delaware, the name of the person or persons to
whom issued, the number and class of shares and the designation of the series,
if any, which said certificate represents, the par value of each share
represented by such certificate or statement that shares are without par value.

                                LOST CERTIFICATES

            Section 4. The board of directors may direct a new certificate or
certificates to be issued in place of any certificate or certificates
theretofore issued by the corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or
destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming
the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen or destroyed. When authorizing such
issue of a new certificate or certificates, the board of directors may, in its
sole discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require
the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate or certificates, or his
legal representative, to advertise the same in such manner as it shall require
and/or give, the corporation a bond in such sum as it may direct as indemnity
against any claim that may be made against the corporation with respect to the
certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed.

                                TRANSFER OF STOCK

            Section 5. Upon surrender to the corporation or the transfer agent
of the corporation of a certificate for shares duly endorsed or accompanied by
proper evidence of succession, assignment or authority to transfer, it shall be
the duty of the corporation to issue a new certificate to the person entitled
thereto, cancel the old certificate and record the transaction upon its books.

                               FIXING RECORD DATE

            Section 6. In order that the corporation may determine the
stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or
any adjournment thereof, or to express consent to corporate action in writing
without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other
distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in
respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any
other lawful action, the board of directors may fix, in advance, a record date,
which shall not be more than sixty or less than ten days before the date of such
meeting, nor more than sixty days prior to any other action. A determination of
stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a


                                       11
<PAGE>

meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided,
however, that the board of directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned
meeting.

                             REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS

            Section 7. The original stock transfer book shall be prime facie
evidence as to who are the shareholders entitled to examine lists of
stockholders or to vote at any meetings of the shareholders.

                                   ARTICLE VII

                               GENERAL PROVISIONS

                                    DIVIDENDS

            Section 1. Dividends upon the capital stock of the corporation,
subject to the provisions of the certificate of incorporation, if any, may be
declared by the board of directors at any time, pursuant to law except when the
corporation is insolvent, when the payment thereof would render the corporation
insolvent, or when the declaration or payment thereof would be contrary to any
restrictions contained in the certificate of incorporation. Dividends may be
paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the capital stock, subject to the
provisions of the certificate of incorporation, only out of the unreserved and
unrestricted earned surplus of the corporation or out of capital surplus.
however rising, when each dividend paid out of capital surplus shall be
identified as a distribution of capital surplus, and the amount per share paid
from such surplus shall be disclosed to the shareholders receiving the same
concurrently with the distribution.

            Section 2. Dividends may be declared and paid in its own treasury
shares or in its own authorized but unissued shares out of any unreserved and
unrestricted surplus of the corporation if a dividend is payable and its own
shares having par value, such shares shall be issued at not less than par value
thereof and shall be transferred to stated capital at the time such dividend is
paid in an amount of surplus equal to the aggregate par value of the share
certificate issued as a dividend or, if a dividend is payable in its own shares
without par value, such shares shall be issued at such stated value as shall be
fixed by the board of directors by resolution adopted at the time such dividend
is declared, and it shall be transferred to stated capital at the time such
dividend is paid an amount of surplus equal to the aggregate stated value so
fixed in respect of such shares, and the amount per share so transferred to
stated capital shall be disclosed to shareholders receiving such dividend
concurrently with the payment thereof.

            Section 3. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside
out of any funds of the corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as
the directors from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think proper as a
reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for
repairing or maintaining any property of the corporation, or for


                                       12
<PAGE>

such other purposes as the directors shall think conducive to the interest of
the corporation, and the directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the
manner in which it was created.

                                ANNUAL STATEMENT

            Section 4. The board of directors shall present at each annual
meeting, and at any special meeting of the stockholders when called for by vote
of the stockholders, a full and clear statement of the business and condition of
the corporation.

                                     CHECKS

            Section 5. All checks or demands for money and notes of the
corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers or such other person or
persons as the board of directors may from time to time designate.

                                   FISCAL YEAR

            Section 6. The fiscal year of the corporation shall end on December
31 of each year.

                                      SEAL

            Section 7. The corporate seal shall have inscribed thereon the name
of the corporation, the year of its organization and the words "Corporate Seal,
Delaware." The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be
impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise.

                                  ARTICLE VIII

                                   AMENDMENTS

            Section 1. These by-laws may be altered, amended or repealed or new
by-laws may be adopted by the board of directors unless reserved to the
shareholders by the certificate of incorporation, at any meeting of the
stockholders or of the board of directors if notice of such alteration,
amendment, repeal or adoption of new by-laws be contained in the notice of such
special meeting. The by-laws may also be amended by the stockholders pursuant to
Section 11 of Article II without prior notice of alteration, amendment, repeal
or adoption of new by-laws. The power to adopt, amend or repeal by-laws by the
board of directors shall not divest or limit the power of the stockholders to
adopt, amend or repeal by-laws.


                                       13
<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE IX

                         CORPORATE INDEMNIFICATION PLAN

            The corporation shall indemnify any person:

            (1) Who was or is a party, or is threatened to be made a party, to
      any threatened, pending, or completed action, suit, or proceeding, whether
      civil, criminal, administrative, or investigative (other than an action
      by, or in the right of, the corporation) by reason of the fact that he is
      or was a director, officer, employee, or agent of the corporation or is or
      was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer,
      employee, or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture,
      trust, or other enterprise against such costs and expenses, and to the
      extent and in the manner provided in Section 145 of the Delaware General
      Corporation Law;

            (2) Who was or is a party, or is threatened to be made a party, to
      any threatened, pending, or completed action or suit by or in the right of
      the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact
      that he is or was a director, officer, employee, or agent of the
      corporation or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a
      director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation or is or was
      serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer,
      employee, or agent of the corporation or is or was serving at the request
      of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another
      corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, or other enterprise
      against such costs and expenses, and to the extent and in the manner
      provided in Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

            The extent, amount, and eligibility for the indemnification provided
herein will be made by the board of directors. Said determinations will be made
by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors who were not parties to
such action, suit, or proceeding or by the shareholders by a majority vote of a
quorum consisting of shareholders who were not parties to such action, suit, or
proceeding.

            The corporation will have the power to make further indemnification
as provided in Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law; however, the
indemnification or advancement of expenses shall not be made to or on behalf of
any director, officer, employee or agent if a judgment or other final
adjudication establishes that his actions or omissions to act, were material to
the cause of action so adjudicated and constitute a violation of the criminal
law unless the director, officer, employee or agent has reasonable cause to
believe his conduct was lawful or had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct
was unlawful; a transaction which the director, officer, employee or agent
derived an improper personal benefit; in the case of a director, a circumstance
under which the liability provisions of Section 145 of the Delaware General
Corporation Law are applicable or wilful misconduct or conscious disregard for
the best


                                       14
<PAGE>

interests of the corporation in proceeding by or in the right of the corporation
to procure a judgment in its favor or in a proceeding by or in the right of the
shareholder.

            The corporation is further authorized to purchase and maintain
insurance for indemnification of any person as provided herein and to the extent
provided in Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

                                    ARTICLE X

                              MEDICAL EXPENSE PLAN

            Section 1. Benefits. The corporation may reimburse all employees for
expenses incurred by themselves and their dependants, as defined in IRC S152, as
amended, for medical care, as defined in IRC S213(e), as amended, subject to the
conditions and limitations as hereinafter set forth.

            It is the intention of the corporation that the benefits payable to
employees hereunder will be excluded from their gross income pursuant to IRC
S105, as amended.

            Section 2. Employees Defined. The term "employees" as used in this
medical expense plan is hereby defined to include all individuals employed by
the corporation except the following:

            (a) Employees who have not completed 36 months of service as is
      provided in Section 105(h)(3)(B)(i) of the Internal Revenue Code;

            (b) Employees who have not attained the age of twenty-five (25)
      years;

            (c) Employees who are part-time or seasonal as is defined in section
      105(h)(3)(B)(iii) of the Internal Revenue Code;

            (d) Employees who are included in a unit of employees covered by an
      agreement between employee representatives and one or more employers found
      to be a collective bargaining agreement, where accident and health
      benefits were the subject of good faith bargaining between such employee
      representatives and such employer(s) as is defined in Section
      105(h)(3)(B)(iv) of the Internal Revenue Code;

            (e) Employees who are nonresident aliens and who receive no earned
      income from the employer which constitutes income from sources within the
      United States as is further defined in Section 105(h)(5)(B)(v).


                                       15
<PAGE>

            Section 3. Limitations. The corporation will reimburse any employee
no more than $500.00 in any fiscal year for medical care expenses.

            Reimbursement or payment provided under this plan will be made by
the corporation only in the event and to the extent that such reimbursement or
payment is not provided under any insurance policy(ies), whether owned by the
corporation or the employee, or under any other health and accident or wage
continuation plan.

            In the event that there is such an insurance policy or plan in
effect providing for reimbursement in whole or in part, then to the extent of
the coverage under such policy or plan, the corporation will be relieved of any
and all liability hereunder.

            Section 4. Submission of Proof. Any employee applying for
reimbursement under this plan will submit to the corporation, at least
quarterly, all bills for medical care, including premium-notices for accident or
health insurance, for verification by the corporation prior to payment. Failure
to comply herewith, may at the discretion of the corporation, terminate such
employee's right to said reimbursement.

            Section 5. Discontinuation. This plan will be subject to termination
at any time by vote of the board of directors of the corporation; provided,
however, that medical care expenses incurred prior to such termination will be
reimbursed or paid in accordance with the terms of this plan.

            Section 6. Determination. The president will determine all questions
arising from the administration and interpretation of the Plan except where
reimbursement is claimed by the President. In such case determination will be
made by the board of directors.


                                       16


                            EASTERN RESORTS COMPANY,

                         LLC TAX DEFERRED SAVINGS PLAN

                            SUMMARY PLAN DESCRIPTION
<PAGE>

                            SUMMARY PLAN DESCRIPTION

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                            PAGE
                                                                            ----
I     INTRODUCTION                                                            1

II    PLAN DATA                                                               1
      Agent For Service Of Legal Process                                      1
      Effective Date                                                          1
      Employer                                                                1
      Plan Administrator                                                      1
      Plan Year                                                               1
      Trustee                                                                 1
      Type Of Administration.                                                 1

III   DEFINITIONS                                                             1
      Break In Service
      Compensation                                                            2
      Disability                                                              2
      Effective Date                                                          2
      Elective Deferral                                                       2
      Entry Date                                                              2
      Family Member                                                           2
      Highly Compensated Employee                                             2
      Hour Of Service                                                         3
      Maternity/Paternity Leave                                               3
      Normal Retirement Age                                                   3
      Spouse                                                                  3
      Year Of Service                                                         4

IV    ELIGIBILITY REQUIREMENTS AND PARTICIPATION                              4

V     EMPLOYEE CONTRIBUTIONS                                                  4
      Elective Deferrals                                                      4
      Rollover And Transfer Contributions                                     5

VI    EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS                                                  5
      Contribution Formula                                                    5
      Eligibility For Allocation                                              6

VII   GOVERNMENT REGULATIONS                                                  6

VIII  PARTICIPANT ACCOUNTS                                                    7

IX    VESTING                                                                 8
<PAGE>

      Determining Vested Benefit                                              8
      Payment Of Vested Benefit                                               8
      Loss Of Benefits                                                        8
      Reallocation of Forfeiture                                              9
      Reemployment                                                            9

X     TOP-HEAVY RULES                                                        10

XI    RETIREMENT BENEFITS AND DISTRIBUTIONS                                  11
      Retirement Benefits                                                    11
      Distributions During Employment                                        11
      Beneficiary                                                            11
      Death Benefits                                                         11
      Form Of Payment                                                        12
      Rollover of Payment                                                    12
      Time Of Payment                                                        13

XII   INVESTMENTS                                                            13
      Trust Fund                                                             13
      Investment Responsibility                                              13
      Employee Investment Direction                                          14
      Participant Loans                                                      14

XIII  ADMINISTRATION
      Plan Administrator                                                     14
      Trustee                                                                14

XIV   AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION                                              15

XV    LEGAL PROVISIONS                                                       15
      Rights Of Participants                                                 15
      Fiduciary Responsibility                                               16
      Employment Rights                                                      16
      Benefit Insurance                                                      16
      Claims Procedure                                                       17
      Assignment                                                             17
      Questions                                                              17
      Conflicts With Plan                                                    18
<PAGE>

I     INTRODUCTION

Your Employer has established a retirement plan to help supplement your
retirement income. Under the program, the Employer makes contributions to a
Trust Fund which will pay you a benefit at retirement. Details about how the
Plan works are contained in this summary. While the summary describes the
principal provisions of the Plan, it does not include every limitation or
detail. If there is a discrepancy between this booklet and the official Plan
document, the Plan document shall govern. You may obtain a copy of the Plan
document from the Plan Administrator. The Plan Administrator may charge a
reasonable fee for providing you with the copy.

II    PLAN DATA

      A.    Agent For Service Of Legal Process: The Employer or Trustee.

      B.    Effective Date: JUNE 1, 1995

      C.    Employer:       EASTERN RESORTS COMPANY
            Address:        366 THAMES STREET
                            NEWPORT, RI 02840
                            Telephone No.: (401)845-0100
                            Tax I.D. No.: 05-0480559
                            Plan No.: 001

      D.    Plan Administrator: The Employer has been designated to serve as
            Plan Administrator.

      E.    Plan Year: The 12-month period beginning on JANUARY 1 and ending on
            DECEMBER 31.

      F.    Trustee(s):     SHAWMUT BANK, N.A.
                            Address:
                            Telephone No.:

      G.    Type or Administration: Trust Fund

III   DEFINITIONS

      A.    Break In Service. A Plan Year during which you are not credited with
            or are not paid for more than 500 hours. If you go into the military
            service of the United States, you are not considered terminated as
            long as you return to work within the time required by law.. If you
            separate from employment and incur a Break in Service, all
            contributions to your various accounts are suspended. [See special
            rules relating to maternity and paternity leave below. Also, see
            Section VI(B) to determine your eligibility to share in the
            Employer's Contribution if you separate from employment, but do not
            incur a Break in Service.] If a Break in Service occurs and


                                       1
<PAGE>

            you return to full time employment with the Employer, your rights
            are explained in the section entitled "Vesting".

      B.    Compensation. Your total salary, pay, or earned income from the
            Employer, as reflected on tax Form W-2; which is subject to
            withholding when earned. Compensation will include amounts received
            by you during the calendar year. Compensation shall be limited to
            $150,000 as adjusted for inflation.

            Compensation, for purposes of allocating Employer Contributions,
            shall include amounts deferred under 401(k) plans and Section 125
            cafeteria plans.

      C.    Disability. A potentially permanent illness or Injury, as certified
            to by a physician who is approved by the Employer, which prevents
            you from engaging in work for which you are qualified for a period
            of at least 12 months.

      D.    Effective Date. The date on which the Plan starts or an amendment is
            effective.

      E.    Elective Deferral. Employer contributions made to the Plan at your
            election, instead of being given to you in cash as part of your
            salary. You can elect to defer a portion of your salary, instead of
            receiving it in cash, and your Employer will contribute it to the
            Plan on your behalf.

      F.    Entry Date. The date on which you enter the Plan. Your Entry Date
            will be the first day of the Plan Year, or the first day of the
            fourth month, the first day of the seventh month, or the first day
            of the tenth month of the Plan Year coinciding with or following the
            date you satisfy the eligibility requirements.

      G.    Family Member. The Spouse or lineal ascendant or descendant (or
            Spouse thereof) of either a more than 5% owner of the Employer or
            one of the ten highest compensated Highly Compensated Employees of
            the Employer.

      H.    Highly Compensated Employee. Any Employee who during the current or
            prior Plan Year (1) was a more than 5% owner, (2). received more
            than $75.000 in Compensation as adjusted for inflation (3) received
            more than $50,000 in Compensation as adjusted for inflation and was
            in the top 20% of Employees when ranked by Compensation, or (4) was
            an officer receiving more than $45.000 in Compensation as adjusted
            for inflation. Family Members of any 5% owner, or Highly Compensated
            Employee in the group of the ten Employees with the greatest
            Compensation, will be combined as if they were one person for
            purposes of Compensation and contributions. If you are not currently
            or never were Highly Compensated, or a Family Member of a Highly


                                       2
<PAGE>

            Compensated Employee1 you are a Non-highly Compensated Employee.

      I.    Hour Of Service. You will receive credit for each hour you are (1)
            paid for being on your job, (2) paid even if you are not at work
            (vacation, sickness, leave of absence, or disability), or (3) paid
            for back pay if hours were not already counted. A maximum of 501
            hours will be credited in any year for periods during which you are
            not at work but are paid. Hours of Service will be calculated based
            on actual hours you are entitled to payment.

      J.    Maternity/Paternity Leave. You may be eligible for additional Hours
            of Service if you leave employment, even if temporarily, due to
            childbirth or adoption. If this is the ease, you will be credited
            with enough hours (up to 501) of service to prevent a Break in
            Service, either in the year you leave employment or the following
            year. For example, if you have 750 Hours of Service in the year that
            your child is born, you would not get any more hours credited for
            that Plan Year since you do nor have a Break in Service. Therefore,
            if you do not return to employment the following year, you will get
            501 Hours of Service so you will not have a Break in Service in that
            year. Alternatively, if you do return the following year, but work
            only 300 hours, you will receive an additional 201 hours in order to
            prevent a break. These Hours of Service for maternity or paternity
            leave must all be used in one Plan Year. They are used only to
            prevent a Break in Service and not for calculating your Years of
            Service for eligibility, vesting or benefits.

      K.    Normal Retirement .Age The attainment of age 65.

      L.    Spouse. The person to whom you are or were legally married, or your
            common law Spouse if common law marriage is recognized by the state
            in which. you live. In order for your Spouse to receive a benefit
            under this Plan, he or she may not predecease you. A former Spouse
            may be treated as a "Spouse" under this definition if recognized as
            such under a Qualified Domestic Relations Order as explained at
            Section XV(F) of this Summary Plan Description.

      M.    Year Of Service.

            Eligibility

            For purposes of determining your eligibility to participate in the
            Plan, a Year of Service is a 12-consecutive month period beginning
            on your date of hire during which you are credited with at least
            1000 Hours of Service.


                                       3
<PAGE>

            Contribution

            For purposes of determining whether or not you are entitled to have
            a contribution allocated to your account, a Year of Service is a
            12-consecutive month period, which is the same as the Plan Year,
            during which you are credited with at least 1000 Hours of Service.

            Vesting

            For purposes of determining the extent to which you are vested in
            your account balance, a Year of Service is a 12-consecutive month
            period, which is the same as the Plan Year, during which you are
            credited with 1000 flours of Service.

IV    ELIGIBILITY REQUIREMENTS AND PARTICIPATION

      You are eligible to participate in this Plan upon completing 1 YEAR Years
      of Service and attaining age 21. You are considered to have completed 1
      Year of Service for purposes of eligibility on the anniversary of your
      first day of employment, provided that you worked at least 1000 hours
      during that 12-month period. The subsequent measuring periods will be
      based on your employment year and anniversaries thereof. The Plan will not
      cover Employees covered by a collective bargaining agreement as well as
      Employees who are non-resident aliens who receive no U.S. earned income
      from the Employer.

      Your participation in the Plan will begin on the Entry Date defined at
      Section III.

V     EMPLOYEE CONTRIBUTIONS

      A.    Elective Deferrals

            You, as an eligible Employee, may authorize the Employer to withhold
            from 1% up to 15% of your Compensation plus up to 15% of any
            Employer paid cash bonus, not to exceed $7,000 as adjusted for
            inflation. and to deposit such amount in the Plan fund. If you
            participate in a similar plan of an unrelated employer and your
            Elective Deferrals under this Plan and the other plan exceed the
            $7,000 limit, for a given year you must designate one of the Plans
            as receiving an excess amount. If you choose this Plan as the one
            receiving the excess, you must notify the Plan Administrator by
            March 1 of the following year so that the excess and any income
            thereon may be returned to you by April 15. You may increase,
            decrease, or terminate your Elective Deferral percentage not more
            than once each calendar quarter.

            If you terminate contributions, you may not reinstate payroll
            withholding for a period of 3 months. The Employer may also


                                       4
<PAGE>

            reduce or terminate your withholding if required to maintain the
            Plan's qualified status.

      B.    Rollover And Transfer Contributions

            Rollover and Transfer Contributions are permitted. You may make a
            Rollover or Transfer Contribution prior to becoming a Participant.
            An Employer can refuse to allow Transfer Contributions to its
            profit-sharing Plan if the transfer will affect the Plan's ability
            to offer lump sum distributions as the normal form of distribution.

            A rollover or transfer of your retirement benefits may originate
            from another qualified retirement plan or special individual
            retirement arrangement (known as a "conduit" IRA) to this Plan. If
            you have already received a lump-sum payment from another qualified
            retirement plan, or if you received payment from another qualified
            plan and placed it in a separate "conduit" IRA, you may be eligible
            to redeposit that payment to this Plan. The last day you may make a
            Rollover Contribution to this Plan is the 60th day after you receive
            the distribution, from the other plan or IRA. A transfer occurs when
            the trustee of the old plan transfers your assets to this Plan. If
            you believe you qualify for a transfer or rollover, see the Plan
            Administrator for more details.

VI    EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS

      A.    Contribution Formula 

            Elective Deferrals:

            The Employer will contribute all Compensation, which you elect to
            defer to the Plan within the limits outlined in Section V(A).

            Discretionary:

            The Employer may also contribute an additional amount determined in
            its sole judgement. Such additional contribution, if any, shall be
            allocated to each Participant in proportion to his or her
            Compensation for the calendar year.

      B.    Eligibility For Allocation

            The Employer's Contribution will be made to all Participants who are
            employed at the end of the Plan Year provided that the Participant
            has completed a Year of Service during the Plan Year. The Employer
            shall also make matching and other related contributions as
            indicated below to Employees who terminate during the Plan Year as a
            result of:


                                       5
<PAGE>

            Matching    Other
            X             X    (i)    Retirement.
            X             X    (ii)   Disability.
            X             X    (iii)  Death.
                               (iv)   Other termination of employment provided 
                                      that the Participant has completed 1000 
                                      Hours of Service.

                               (v)    Other termination of employment without 
                                      regard to the number of Hours of Service 
                                      the Participant has completed.

                               (vi)   Termination of employment (for any reason)
                                      provided that the Participant has 
                                      completed 1000 Hours of Service.

VII   GOVERNMENT REGULATIONS

      The federal government sets certain limitations on the level of
      contributions which may be made to a Plan such as5 this. There is also a
      "percentage" limitation which means that the percentage of Compensation
      which you may contribute (Elective Deferrals) depends on the average
      percentage of Compensation that the other Participants are contributing.
      Simply stated, all Participants are divided into 2 categories: Highly
      Compensated and Non-highly Compensated and the average for each group is
      calculated. The average contribution that the Highly Compensated may make
      is based on the average contribution that the Non-highly Compensated make.
      If a Highly Compensated Participant is contributing more than he or she is
      allowed, the excess, plus or minus any gain or loss, will be returned.
      Keep in mind that if you are a 5% owner of the business or one of the ten
      highest paid Highly Compensated employees, your Family Member's
      contribution percentages and Compensations will be combined with yours for
      purposes of determining your contributions under the Plan.

VIII  PARTICIPANT ACCOUNTS

      The Employer will set up a record keeping account in your name to show the
      value of your retirement benefit. The Employer will make the following
      additions to your account:

      A.    your allocated share of the Employer's Contribution (including your
            Elective Deferrals),


                                       6
<PAGE>

      B.    the amount of your personal Transfer Contributions and Rollover
            Contributions, if any,

      C.    your share of forfeited accounts of former employees. (these are
            amounts left behind by employees who terminated before becoming 100%
            vested in their benefit), and

      D.    your share of investment earnings and appreciation in the value of
            investments.

      The Employer will make the following subtractions from your account:

      E.    any withdrawals or distributions made to you, and

      F.    your share of investment losses and depreciation in the value of
            investments.

      G.    your share of administrative fees and expenses paid our of the Plan,
            if applicable.

      The Employer will value the following types of contributions in your
      account as indicated below:

            Type of Contribution                         Valuation Date(s)
            --------------------                         -----------------

            (1)  Elective Deferrals                             i
            (2)   Non-Elective                                  i
            (3)   Minimum Top-Heavy                             i

      Valuation Periods: (i) Daily (ii) Weekly (iii) Monthly (iv) Bi-Monthly (v)
      Quarterly (vi) Semi-Annually (vii) Annually

      The Employer will provide you with a statement of account activity at
      least once annually.

IX    VESTING

      A.    Determining Vested Benefit

            Vesting refers to your earning or acquiring a nonforfeitable right
            to the full amount of your account. Any Elective Deferrals, Rollover
            Contributions, Transfer Contributions, plus or minus any earnings or
            losses, are always 100% vested and cannot be forfeited for any
            reason. Any contribution (including forfeitures) not listed in the
            previous sentence, and the earnings or losses thereon, will vest in
            accordance with the following table:

                                     Years of Service
                         ---------------------------------------
                               1   2   3   4   5   6   7
                               -   -   -   -   -   -   -


                                       7
<PAGE>

                               20%  40%  60%  80%  100%

            You are considered to have completed 1 Year of Service for purposes
            of vesting upon the completion of 1000 Hours of Service at any time
            during a Plan Year.

            You automatically become fully vested, regardless of the vesting
            table, upon attainment of Normal Retirement Age, upon retirement due
            to Disability, upon death, and upon termination of the Plan.

      B.    Payment Of Vested Benefit

            If you separate from Service before your retirement, death or
            Disability, you may request early payment of your vested benefit by
            submitting a written request to the Plan Administrator. If your
            vested account balance ax the time of termination or at the time of
            any prior distributions exceeds or exceeded $3,500, you may defer
            the payment of your benefit until April 1 of the calendar year
            following the calendar year during which you attain age 70-1/2.

            The portion of your account balance to which you arc not vested is
            called a "forfeiture" and remains in the Plan for the benefit of
            other Participants. Forfeitures of Employer Discretionary and
            Top-Heavy contributions shall be given to all Participants.
            Forfeitures of Employer Matching contributions shall be given to all
            Participants.

      C.    Loss Of Benefits

            There ore only two events which can cause the loss of all, or a
            portion of your account. One is termination of employment before you
            are 100% vested according to the vesting provisions described at
            IX(A) and the other is a decrease in the value of your account from
            investment losses or administrative expenses and other cost of
            maintaining the Plan.

      D.    Reallocation of Forfeiture

            If you receive the vested portion of your account upon. separation
            from service, the Employer will forfeit and reallocate the nonvested
            portion of your account as of the Plan Year end, immediately
            following the date of payment of your Vested Account Balance. If you
            have not received a distribution of your vested balance, your
            nonvested portion will be forfeited at the end of the Plan Year
            during which you incur your fifth consecutive 1-year Break in
            Service.

      E.    Reemployment

            If you terminate service with your Employer, then are later
            reemployed, you will become a Participant as of the earlier of the
            next Valuation Date or the next Entry Date [see Section III]
            following your


                                       8
<PAGE>

            return to employment. If you are not a member of a class of
            employees eligible to participate in the Plan and later become a
            member of the eligible class, you will participate upon reaching the
            next Entry Date if you have satisfied the minimum age and service
            requirements. Should you become ineligible to share in future
            Contributions and forfeitures because you are no longer a member of
            an eligible class, you shall again share upon your return to an
            eligible class. All years of prior Service will be counted when
            calculating your vested percentage in your new account balance. The
            following rules apply in connection with reemployed Participants.

            (a)   Terminated Partially Vested Participants. If you terminate
                  employment and receive payment of your partially vested
                  interest and are reemployed prior to incurring five
                  consecutive one-year Breaks in Service, you have the right to
                  buy back the nonvested portion of your account if it was
                  forfeited. If your nonvested balance was not forfeited it will
                  still be part of your account and the buy back is not
                  necessary. If a buy back is necessary to regain the
                  forfeiture, you must redeposit the amount paid to you without
                  interest within five years of your date of reemployment. If
                  you do not repay the amount you received, the nonvested
                  portion of your Employer account will be permanently
                  forfeited. Whether you repay or not, your prior Service will
                  count toward vesting service for future Employer
                  contributions.

                  For example, assume that you terminate your job with your
                  current Employer. At the time of termination you had accrued a
                  total benefit of $10,000 under the retirement Plan. Although
                  this amount had been allocated to your account, you were only
                  40% vested in that amount when, you left. You decided to rake
                  a distribution of your vested account balance (40% of $10,000,
                  or $4,000) when you quit. The nonvested balance of your
                  account ($6,000) was forfeited. Three years later, you became
                  reemployed by the same Employer. Since you were reemployed
                  within 5 years, you have the right to repay the $4,000
                  distribution you received when you quit. You would have to
                  repay the $4,000 within 5 years of being rehired. If you do
                  so, the nonvested portion of your account ($6,000) will be
                  restored to your account. After restoration, you will be
                  vested, in 40% of this account, but your vested percentage
                  will increase based on your Years of Service after your
                  reemployment. Your prior Service will always count towards
                  vesting of Employer Contributions which you receive after
                  reemployment, whether or not you decide to repay and restore
                  your prior account.

            (b)   Terminated Nonvested Participants. If you were not vested in
                  any portion of your Employer Contribution account prior to
                  your separation from service and are reemployed before


                                       9
<PAGE>

                  incurring five consecutive one-year Breaks in Service, you
                  will be credited for vesting with all pre-break and post-break
                  service. Your prior unpaid account balance will automatically
                  lit restored and you will continue to vest in that account. If
                  you are reemployed after incurring five consecutive one-year
                  Breaks in Service, you will lose your prior account balance,
                  but your pre-break Years of Service will count towards
                  vesting, in your new account balance.

X     TOP-HEAVY RULES

      A "top-heavy" plan is one in which more than 60% of the contributions or
      benefits are attributable to certain "key employees", such as owners,
      officers and stockholders. The Plan Administrator is responsible for
      determining each year if the Plan is "top-heavy". If the Plan becomes
      top-heavy special rules apply to the allocation of the Employer's
      contribution. These special rules require that only Participants who are
      not key employees will generally receive an allocation of the Employer's
      contribution equal to 3% of compensation, or if less, the greatest
      percentage allocated to the account of my key employee. All participants
      are entitled to receive a minimum allocation upon completing at least one
      Hour of Service in the top-heavy Plan Year provided they are employed on
      the last day of the Plan Year. The Employer's minimum contribution can be
      satisfied by another Employer sponsored retirement plan, if so elected by
      the Employer. The following vesting schedule shall apply for the Plan Year
      the Plan becomes top-heavy, for any type of Employer Contribution1 unless
      the Employer has already elected a faster schedule:

                                     Years of Service
                         ---------------------------------------
                               1     2     3
                               -     -     -
                                0%  0%   100%

XI    RETIREMENT BENEFITS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

      A.    Retirement Benefits

            The full value of your account balance is payable at your Normal
            Retirement Age, even if you continue to work, or you may defer
            payment until April 1 following the year you reach age 70-1/2. If
            you work beyond your Normal Retirement Age, you will continue to
            fully participate in the Plan.

      B.    Distributions During Employment

            Benefits attributable to Employer Contributions are not payable
            prior to your separation from Service.

            If applicable, benefits attributable to your rollovers are available
            for withdrawal upon request to the Plan Administrator. Transfers


                                       10
<PAGE>

            Contributions may be withdrawn only if they originate from plans
            meeting certain safe harbor provisions.

      C.    Beneficiary

            Every Participant or former Participant with Plan benefits may
            designate a person or persons who are to receive benefits under the
            Plan hi the event of his or her death. The designation must be made
            on a form provided by and returned to the Plan Administrator. You
            may change your designation at any time. If you are married, your
            beneficiary will automatically be your Spouse. If you and your
            Spouse wish to waive this automatic designation, you must complete a
            beneficiary designation form. The form must be signed by you and, if
            applicable, your Spouse in front of a Plan representative or a
            Notary Public

      D.    Death Benefits

            In the event of your death, the full value of your account is
            payable to your beneficiary in a lump sum, or in installments
            payable over any period which does not exceed the life expectancy of
            your beneficiary. if you die after benefit payments have started
            under an installment option and after the attainment of age 70-1/2,
            your beneficiary will continue to receive payments in accordance
            with the payment option you selected.

      E.    Form Of Payment

            When benefits become due, you or your representative should apply to
            the Employer requesting payment of your account arid specifying the
            manner of payment. The normal or automatic form of payment is
            generally a lump sum unless the Plan Administrator notifies you
            otherwise. If you do not wish to receive the normal form of payment
            when your payments are due to start, you may request to receive your
            benefit in any of the optional forms indicated:

            o     lump sum. 
            o     installment payments.

            In some cases, election of one of the optional forms of payment will
            require the written Consent of your Spouse. Also, payments may not
            be made over a period which exceeds the life expectancy of you and
            your beneficiary. The Plan Administrator will advise you if any
            special rules apply in connection with the payments of your
            benefits.

      F.    Rollover of Payment

            If your benefits qualify as eligible rollovers, you have the option
            of having them paid directly to you, when they become due, or having
            them directly rolled over to another qualified plan or an IRA. If
            you


                                       11
<PAGE>

            do not choose to have the benefits directly rolled over, the Plan is
            required to automatically withhold 20% of your payment for tax
            purposes. If you do choose to have the payment made to you, you
            still have the option of rolling over the payment yourself to a
            qualified plan or an IRA within sixty days (first check with a tax
            advisor to make sure it is an eligible rollover). However, 20% of
            your payment will still be withheld. The following example
            illustrates how this works:

            For example, if you have $100,000 in your vested account balance and
            choose to have the payment of your benefits made directly to an IRA
            or another qualified plan, the entire $100,000 will be transferred
            to the trustee of the other plan or the IRA, and you will treat the
            entire amount as a rollover on your tax return so that you will not
            pay taxes on the entire amount. If you choose not to have the
            account transferred directly to an IRA. or qualified plan, 20% or
            $20,000 will automatically be withheld from your payment. Thus, you
            will receive only $80,000 as a distribution of your benefits. In
            order to roll the entire amount over into your IRA, you would have
            to come up with $20,000 out of your own pocket to make up the
            difference. If this is done, the $20,000 which was withheld may be
            returned when you file your taxes at the end of the year. However,
            if you are unable to produce the extra cash, the rollover amount
            will only be $80,000, and the other $20,000 which was withheld will
            be treated as taxable income to you. If you are under age 59 1/2
            when you receive your benefit payment. The withheld amount will also
            be subject to the 10% early distribution penalty.

            Certain benefit payments are not eligible for rollover and therefore
            will also not be subject to the 20% mandatory withholding. They are
            as follows:

                  1.    annuities paid over life;
                  2.    installments for a period of at least 10 years; and
                  3.    minimum required distributions at age 70 1/2.

            There are also several operational exceptions and a "de minimis"
            exception for payments of less than $200. Also Employee Voluntary
            contributions are nor eligible for rollover.

      G.    Time Of Payment

            If you retire, become disabled, or die, payments will start as soon
            as administratively feasible following the dare on which a
            distribution is requested by you or is otherwise payable.

            If you terminate for a reason other than death, Disability, or
            retirement, payments will start as soon as administratively feasible
            following the date on which a distribution is requested by you or is
            otherwise payable.


                                       12
<PAGE>

XII   INVESTMENTS

      A.    Trust Fund

            The monies contributed to the Plan may be invested in any security
            or form of property considered prudent for a retirement plan. Such
            investments include, but are not limited to, common and preferred
            stocks, exchange traded put and call options, bonds, money market
            instruments, mutual funds, savings accounts, certificates of
            deposit, Treasury bills, or insurance contracts. An institutional
            Trustee may invest in its own deposits or those of affiliates which
            bear a reasonable interest rate, or in a group or collective trust
            maintained by such Trustee.

      B.    Investment Responsibility

            The Plan's assets are held by the Trustee who is identified in
            Section II of this Summary. The Trustee is responsible for the
            safekeeping of Plan assets and for the investment management of such
            assets unless the Employer elects to direct investments, appoints an
            outside Investment manager or permits Participants to direct the
            investment of their individual accounts.

      C.    Employee Investment Direction

            Participants may direct the investments of their accounts among
            funds controlled by the Trustee. The investment funds available to
            you and the procedures for making an election are shown in a
            separate Investment Election Form which can be obtained from the
            Plan Administrator. You may change your investment selection and
            move monies from one fund to another in accordance with the rules
            established by the Plan Administrator.

      D.    Participant Loans

            Participant loans are permitted under the Plan. In order to get a
            loan from the Plan, you must make application to the Plan
            Administrator. Loans must be approved by the Plan Administrator and
            are subject to a strict set of rules established by law. The rules
            are covered in a separate Loan Application Form and Promissory Note
            Form. These Forms are available from the Plan Administrator.


                                       13
<PAGE>

XIII  ADMINISTRATION

      The Plan will be administrated by the following parties:

      A.    Plan Administrator


                                       14
<PAGE>

            The Employer is the party who has established the Plan and who has
            overall control and authority over administration of the Plan. The
            Employer's duties as Plan Administrator include:

            (a)   appointing the Plan's professional advisors needed to
                  administer the Plan including, but nor limited to, an
                  accountant, attorney, actuary, or administrator,

            (b)   directing the Trustee with respect to payments from the Fund,

            (c)   communicating with Employees regarding their participation and
                  benefits under the Plan, including the administration of all
                  claims procedures and domestic relations orders,

            (d)   filing any returns and reports with the Internal Revenue
                  Service, Department of Labor, or any other governmental
                  agency,

            (e)   reviewing and approving any financial reports, investment
                  reviews, or other reports prepared by any party appointed by
                  the Employer,

            (f)   establishing a funding policy and investment objectives
                  consistent with the purposes of the Plan and the Employee
                  Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, and

            (g)   construing and resolving any question of Plan interpretation.
                  The Plan Administrator's interpretation and application
                  thereof is final.

      B.    Trustee

            The Trustee shall be responsible for the administration of
            investments held in the Fund. These duties shall include:

            (a)   receiving contributions under the terms of the Plan,

            (b)   investing Plan assets unless investment responsibility is
                  delegated to another party by the Employer.

            (c)   making distributions from the Fund in accordance with written
                  instructions received from the Plan Administrator,

            (d)   keeping accounts and records of the financial transactions of
                  the Fund, and

            (e)   rendering an annual report of the Fund showing the financial
                  transactions for the Plan Year.


                                       15
<PAGE>

XIV   AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

      The Employer may amend the Plan at any time, provided that no amendment
      will divert any part of the Plan's assets to any purpose other than for
      the exclusive benefit of you and the other Participants in the Plan or
      eliminate an optional form of distribution. The Employer may also
      terminate the Plan. In the event of an actual Plan termination, all
      amounts credited to your account will be fully vested and will be paid to
      you. Depending on the facts and circumstances, a partial termination may
      be found to occur where a significant number of Employees are terminated
      by the Employer or excluded from Plan participation. In case of a partial
      termination, only those affected will become 100% vested.

XV    LEGAL PROVISIONS

      A.    Rights Of Participants

            As a Plan Participant, you have certain rights and protection under
            the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (ERISA). The law
            says that you are entitled to:

            (a)   Examine, without charge, all documents relating to the
                  operation of the Plan and any documents filed with the U.S.
                  Department of Labor. These documents are available for review
                  in the Employees offices during regular business hours.

            (b)   Obtain copies of all Plan documents and other Plan information
                  upon written request to the Employer. The Employer may impose
                  a reasonable charge for producing the copies.

            (c)   Receive from the Employer at least once each year a summary of
                  the Plan's annual financial report

            (d)   Obtain, at least once a year, a statement of the total
                  benefits accrued for you, and your nonforfeitable (vested)
                  benefits, if any. The Plan provides that you will receive this
                  statement automatically. If you are not vested, you may
                  request a statement showing the date what your account will
                  begin to become nonforfeitable.

            (e)   File suit in a federal, court, if any materials requested are
                  not received within 30 days of your request, unless the
                  materials were not sent because of matters beyond the control
                  of the Employer. If you are improperly denied access to
                  information you are entitled to receive, the Employer may be
                  required to pay up to $100 for each day's delay until the
                  information is provided to you.


                                       16
<PAGE>

      B.    Fiduciary Responsibility

            ERISA also imposes obligations upon the persons who are responsible
            for the operation of the Plan. These persons are referred to as
            "fiduciaries." Fiduciaries must act solely in your interest as a
            Plan Participant and they must exercise prudence in the performance
            of their duties. Fiduciaries who violate ERISA may be removed and
            required to reimburse any losses they have caused you or other
            Participants in the Plan.

      C.    Employment Rights

            Participation in the Plan is not a guarantee of employment. However,
            the Employer may not tire you or discriminate against you to prevent
            you from becoming eligible for the Plan or from obtaining a benefit
            or exercising your rights under ERISA.

IX    Benefit Insurance

            Your benefits under this Plan are not insured by the Pension Benefit
            Guaranty Corporation since the law does not require plan termination
            insurance for this type of Plan.

      E.    Claims Procedure

            If you feel you are entitled to a benefit under the Plan, mail or
            deliver your written claim to the Plan Administrator. The Plan
            Administrator will notify you, your beneficiary, or authorized
            representative of the action taken within 60 days of receipt of the
            claim. If you believe that you are being improperly denied a benefit
            in full or in part, the Employer must give you a written explanation
            of the reason for the denial. It the Employer denies your claim, you
            may, within 60 days after receiving the denial, submit a written
            request asking the Employer to review your claim for benefits. Any
            such request should be accompanied by documents or records in
            support of your appeal. You, your beneficiary, or your authorized
            representative may review pertinent documents and submit issues and
            comments in writing. If you get no satisfaction from the Employer,
            you have the right to request assistance from the US. Department of
            Labor or you can file suit in a state or federal court. Service of
            legal process may be made upon the Plan Trustee or the Plan
            Administrator. If you are successful in your lawsuit, the court may
            require the Employer to pay your legal costs, including your
            attorney's fees. If you Lose, and the court finds that your claim is
            frivolous, you may be required to pay the Employer's legal fees.

      F.    Assignment

            Your rights and benefits under this Plan cannot be assigned, sold,
            transferred or pledged by you or reached by your creditors or anyone


                                       17
<PAGE>

            else except under a qualified domestic relations order or as
            provided by state law. A qualified domestic relations order (QDRO)
            is a court order issued under state domestic relations law relating
            to divorce, legal separation, custody, or support proceedings. The
            QDRO recognizes the right of someone other than you to receive your
            Plan benefits. You will be notified if a QDRO relating to your Plan
            benefits is received. Receipt of a qualified domestic relations
            order shall allow for an earlier than normal distribution to the
            person(s) other than the Participant listed in the order.

      G.    Questions

            If you have any questions about this statement of your rights under
            ERISA, please contact the Employer or the Pension and Welfare
            Benefits Administration, Room N-5644, U.S. Department of Labor, 200
            Constitution Ave., N.W., Washington; D.C. 20210.

      H.    Conflicts With Plan

            This booklet is not the Plan document, but only a Summary Plan
            Description of its principal provisions and not every limitation or
            detail of the Plan is included. Every attempt has been made to
            provide concise and accurate information. However, if there is a
            discrepancy between this booklet and the official Plan document, the
            Plan document shall prevail.


                                       18

<TABLE> <S> <C>


<ARTICLE>                     5
<LEGEND>
This scheudle contains summary financial information extracted from Equivest
Finance, Inc. and is qulaified in it's entirety by reference to such financial
information.
</LEGEND>
<MULTIPLIER>                                   1000
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   YEAR
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                              DEC-31-1998
<PERIOD-START>                                 JAN-01-1998
<PERIOD-END>                                   DEC-31-1998
<CASH>                                           3,486,720
<SECURITIES>                                             0
<RECEIVABLES>                                  146,161,111
<ALLOWANCES>                                    (3,834,748)
<INVENTORY>                                     10,361,151
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                                         0
<PP&E>                                           3,119,821
<DEPRECIATION>                                     (71,569)
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                 197,384,463
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                            6,198,377
<BONDS>                                        137,679,831
                               30,000
                                              0
<COMMON>                                           251,984
<OTHER-SE>                                      53,224,274
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                   197,384,463
<SALES>                                                  0
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                                29,636,548
<CGS>                                                    0
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                            0
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                10,949,185
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                   791,349
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                               9,382,062
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                  8,513,952
<INCOME-TAX>                                     3,270,000
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                              5,243,952
<DISCONTINUED>                                           0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                          0
<CHANGES>                                                0
<NET-INCOME>                                     5,243,952
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                          .20
<EPS-DILUTED>                                          .20
        


</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission